Trailing-Edge
-
PDP-10 Archives
-
decuslib10-13
-
renbrc.for
There are 3 other files named renbrc.for in the archive. Click here to see a list.
BLOCK DATA
C RENBR(RENBR/RENBR SYNTAX AND OPERATOR TABLES)
C
C RRRRRRRRR EEEEEEEEE NNN NNN BBBBBBBBB RRRRRRRRR
C RRR RRR EEE NNNN NNN BBB BBB RRR RRR
C RRRRRRR EEEEEE NNN N NNN BBBBBBB RRRRRRR
C RRR RRR EEE NNN NNNN BBB BBB RRR RRR
C RRR RRR EEEEEEEEE NNN NNN BBBBBBBBB RRR RRR
C
C THE FORTRAN RENUMBERING PROGRAM RENBR, JAN 1979
C
C SEQUENTIALLY STATEMENT NUMBERS AND/OR FORMS CROSS
C REFERENCE LISTINGS OF FORTRAN PROGRAMS READ AS DATA
C
C THIS PROGRAM IS BASED UPON A 418 STATEMENT PROGRAM
C WHICH WAS IN USE AT YALE UNIVERSITY IN 1965 OR
C SHORTLY THEREAFTER. THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR IS UNKNOWN.
C THE CURRENT VERSION WAS WRITTEN AT THE AIKEN
C COMPUTATION LABORATORY OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY, AND AT
C THE HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL BY DONALD E. BARTH, WHO
C CAN BE REACHED AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS
C
C BAKER LIBRARY 21
C GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
C HARVARD UNIVERSITY
C SOLDIERS FIELD
C BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02163
C
C THE FOLLOWING FEATURES ARE SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT
C VERSION OF RENBR BUT WERE NOT SUPPORTED BY THE
C ORIGINAL VERSION.
C
C A) THE TREATMENT OF LOGICAL OPERATORS AS SEPARATOR
C CHARACTERS
C B) THE TREATMENT OF ALPHAMERIC STRINGS AS UNITS
C WHICH CANNOT CONTAIN SEPARATOR CHARACTERS
C C) THE ABILITY TO HANDLE TEXT CONTAINING THE TAB
C CHARACTER
C D) THE ABILITY TO ALLOW STATEMENTS TO BE SEPARATED
C BY SEMICOLONS AND TO ALLOW LEADING EXCLAMATION
C POINTS TO MARK COMMENTS WITHIN THE STATEMENT TEXT
C E) ALL OF THE LISTING FEATURES
C
C THE SUBROUTINE NAMED REUSER COMMUNICATES WITH THE
C USER TO ESTABLISH OPTIONS AND FILE NAMES. THE REUSER
C ROUTINE IS MACHINE DEPENDENT AS ARE THE RETEMP
C ROUTINE WHICH OPENS AND CLOSES THE SCRATCH FILE AND
C THE RECLOS ROUTINE WHICH CLOSES THE OUTPUT FILES.
C THESE ROUTINES WILL HAVE TO BE REWRITTEN FOR USE ON
C OTHER COMPUTER SYSTEMS. SEVERAL VERSIONS OF REUSER
C ARE SUPPLIED FOR THE DECSYSTEM-10. THE LONGEST
C VERSION ACCEPTS A TYPICAL DECSYSTEM-10 COMMAND
C CONSISTING OF THE NAMES OF THE OUTPUT FILES WITH
C ASSOCIATED SWITCHES, FOLLOWED BY AN EQUAL SIGN AND
C THEN BY THE NAMES OF THE INPUT FILES. A SHORTER
C VERSION ACCEPTS A SINGLE LINE LIST OF SWITCHES, AND
C ASKS FOR OUTPUT AND INPUT FILE NAMES ON SUBSEQUENT
C LINES. FOR BATCH OPERATION, THE CALL TO REUSER CAN
C BE REMOVED IF THE STATEMENTS WHICH DEFINE THE DEFAULT
C SWITCHES PRIOR TO THE CALL TO REUSER ARE MODIFIED TO
C GIVE THE DESIRED RESULTS.
C
C THE ONE READ STATEMENT IN THE RE1ST ROUTINE AND THE
C FIRST TWO READ STATEMENTS IN THE RE2ND ROUTINE USE
C END-OF-FILE TESTS TO FORCE THE PRINTING OF A TABLE OF
C CONTENTS AT THE END OF THE LISTING. THE STATEMENT
C NUMBER AFTER THE LETTERS ,END= IS TRANSFERRED TO IF
C AN END-OF-FILE IS READ. THE END OF THE INPUT FILE
C CAN ALSO BE INDICATED BY AN EXTRA TERMINAL END
C STATEMENT.
C
C THIS PROGRAM IGNORES COLUMNS 73 THROUGH 80 WHICH ARE
C SOMETIMES USED FOR CARD OR LINE SEQUENCE NUMBERS.
C
C THE CRENBR COMMENT CONTROL LINE
C SOME PROGRAMMERS SELECT STATEMENT NUMBERS USED WITHIN
C A LOGICAL DIVISION OF A PROGRAM FROM A DIFFERENT
C RANGE THAN THOSE USED ELSEWHERE WITHIN THE SAME
C PROGRAM. RENBR CAN MAINTAIN THESE REGIONS WHEN
C RENUMBERING. HOWEVER, SINCE A SINGLE NORMAL
C RENUMBERING WOULD DESTROY SUCH REGIONS, A COMMAND
C LINE WITHIN THE PROGRAM IS USED TO SPECIFY THE STEP
C SIZE RATHER THAN QUERYING THE USER FOR THIS
C INFORMATION. THIS COMMAND LINE IS A COMMENT LINE
C WITH C IN COLUMN 1 FOLLOWED BY THE WORD RENBR AND
C THOSE SWITCHES FOR WHICH VALUES ARE BEING SPECIFIED.
C A TYPICAL COMMAND LINE WOULD BE
C CRENBR I-10 B 10 O 200 N 400
C
C THE SWITCHES ON THE CRENBR CONTROL LINE ARE
C B = THE BASE NUMBER. THE NUMBER FOLLOWING THIS
C SWITCH WILL BE THE SMALLEST GENERATED STATEMENT
C NUMBER WHICH WILL APPEAR WITHIN THE RENUMBERED
C PROGRAM OR ROUTINE. NORMALLY THIS WOULD BE THE
C FIRST STATEMENT NUMBER IN THE RENUMBERED PROGRAM,
C BUT IF THE INCREMENT BETWEEN GENERATED STATEMENT
C NUMBERS IS SPECIFIED TO BE NEGATIVE, THEN THE
C BASE NUMBER WILL BE THE NUMBER OF THE FINAL
C NUMBERED STATEMENT WITHIN THE PROGRAM. IF THE B
C SWITCH DOES NOT APPEAR ON THE CRENBR LINE, THEN
C THE VALUE USED AS THE BASE NUMBER WILL BE THAT
C SPECIFIED BY THE USER WHEN RENBR WAS STARTED, OR
C WILL BE THE ABSOLUTE VALUE OF THE STATEMENT
C NUMBER INCREMENT IF THE USER DID NOT SPECIFY A
C BASE NUMBER WHEN RENBR WAS STARTED.
C C = FOLLOWED BY NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN EXCESS OF
C USUAL 72 WHICH ARE TO BE RETAINED IN FORTRAN
C COMMENT LINES. /C:8 WOULD ALLOW 80 COLUMN
C COMMENT LINES. THE /C SWITCH APPLIES ONLY TO THE
C SUBSEQUENT COMMENT LINES, NOT THOSE ALREADY READ.
C I = THE STATEMENT NUMBER INCREMENT. THE NUMBER
C FOLLOWING THIS SWITCH WILL BE THE INCREMENT
C BETWEEN GENERATED STATEMENT NUMBERS. IF THE I
C SWITCH DOES NOT APPEAR ON THE CRENBR LINE, THEN
C THE VALUE USED AS THE INCREMENT WILL BE THAT
C SPECIFIED BY THE USER WHEN RENBR WAS STARTED, OR
C WILL BE 1 IF THE USER DID NOT SPECIFY A STATEMENT
C NUMBER INCREMENT WHEN RENBR WAS STARTED.
C M = IF THE M SWITCH IS NOT FOLLOWED BY A NUMBER, THEN
C STATEMENT NUMBER PLATEAUS, AS INDICATED BY THE O
C AND N SWITCHES, ARE MIXED. THE M SWITCH WOULD BE
C ISSUED WITHOUT A FOLLOWING NUMBER IF THE SIZE OF
C A STATEMENT NUMBER INDICATES THE TYPE OF
C STATEMENT RATHER THAN A LOGICAL SEGMENT. IF THE
C M SWITCH IS FOLLOWED BY EITHER 1 OR 2 NUMBERS,
C THEN THE O AND N SWITCHES ARE IGNORED IF ISSUED.
C IF THE M SWITCH IS FOLLOWED BY A SINGLE NUMBER,
C THEN ONLY STATEMENT NUMBERS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL
C TO THE SPECIFIED NUMBER ARE RENUMBERED. IF THE M
C SWITCH IS FOLLOWED BY 2 NUMBERS, THEN ONLY
C STATEMENT NUMBERS WHICH ARE IN THE SPECIFIED
C RANGE ARE RENUMBERED.
C N = THE NEW REGION SIZE. THE NUMBER FOLLOWING THIS
C SWITCH SPECIFIES THE JUMP IN GENERATED STATEMENT
C NUMBERS FROM THE START OF ONE REGION TO THE NEXT
C IN THE RENUMBERED PROGRAM. IF THE N SWITCH DOES
C NOT APPEAR ON THE CRENBR LINE, THEN THE OLD
C REGION SIZE AS SPECIFIED BY THE O SWITCH IS ALSO
C USED AS THE NEW REGION SIZE.
C O = THE OLD REGION SIZE. THE NUMBER FOLLOWING THIS
C SWITCH SPECIFIES THE JUMP IN THE ORIGINAL
C STATEMENT NUMBERS FROM THE START OF ONE REGION TO
C THE NEXT IN THE PROGRAM WHICH IS BEING
C RENUMBERED. IF THE O SWITCH DOES NOT APPEAR ON
C THE CRENBR LINE, THEN THE NEW REGION SIZE AS
C SPECIFIED BY THE N SWITCH IS ALSO USED AS THE OLD
C REGION SIZE.
C R = THE CHARACTER WHICH FOLLOWS WILL BE USED IN
C COMMENT LINES TO PRECEDE NUMBERS WHICH ARE TO BE
C KEPT PARALLEL TO STATEMENT NUMBERS IN ORDINARY
C FORTRAN STATEMENTS IN THE PROGRAM. ANY NUMBER
C MARKED BY THIS CHARACTER ON A COMMENT LINE WILL
C BE REPLACED BY THE NEW VALUE OF THE STATEMENT
C NUMBER HAVING THE SAME VALUE.
C ( = THE CHARACTERS WHICH FOLLOW, THROUGH THE END OF
C THE LINE, OR TO THE NEXT APPEARANCE OF A RIGHT
C PARENTHESIS OR A SLASH, ARE TO BE USED AS THE
C ROUTINE NAME IN THE LISTING PAGE TITLES AND TABLE
C OF CONTENTS. THE FIRST 6 CHARACTERS WILL BE USED
C IF MORE THAN 6 CHARACTERS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE
C NAME. THE ( SWITCH CAN BE USED TO LABEL MAIN
C PROGRAMS AND BLOCK DATA ROUTINES EVEN THOUGH
C THESE WOULD NOT NORMALLY HAVE NAMES. IF THE (
C SWITCH IS NOT USED, THEN THE ROUTINE NAME WILL BE
C THAT READ FROM THE SUBROUTINE OR FUNCTION STATE-
C MENT. IF A SLASH APPEARS WITHIN THE PARENTHESES,
C THEN THE CHARACTERS WHICH FOLLOW, THROUGH THE
C MATCHING RIGHT PARENTHESIS IF ANY, WILL BE USED
C AS THE SUBTITLE IN THE LISTING. SUCH A SUBTITLE
C CAN ITSELF CONTAIN PARENTHESES.
C THE SWITCHES CAN APPEAR IN ANY ORDER ON THE CRENBR
C LINE. ONLY THE I SWITCH WILL ACCEPT A NEGATIVE
C VALUE. BLANKS OR TABS CAN APPEAR ANYWHERE AFTER THE
C INITIAL C OF THE CRENBR LINE, EXCEPT WITHIN NUMBERS.
C
C THE VALUES SPECIFIED BY THE CRENBR LINE APPLY TO ALL
C THE STATEMENT NUMBERS WITHIN A SINGLE PROGRAM, BUT
C THE CRENBR LINE CAN APPEAR ANYWHERE IN THE PROGRAM
C BEFORE THE TERMINAL END STATEMENT. IF MULTIPLE
C CRENBR LINES APPEAR WITHIN A SINGLE PROGRAM OR
C ROUTINE, THE VALUES USED ARE THE FINAL VALUES
C SPECIFIED FOR EACH SWITCH. THE CRENBR LINE APPLIES
C ONLY TO THE PROGRAM OR ROUTINE IN WHICH IT APPEARS.
C THE DEFAULT VALUES OF THE SWITCHES (SET BY THE USER
C WHEN RENBR WAS STARTED) ARE RESTORED FOR THE NEXT
C PROGRAM OR ROUTINE READ. IN THE CASE OF THE N AND O
C SWITCHES, THESE DEFAULTS ARE TO NOT PRESERVE REGIONS.
C
C THE SAMPLE CRENBR LINE SHOWN ABOVE WOULD SPECIFY THAT
C ORIGINAL REGIONS 1-199, 200-399, 400-599 ETC. WOULD
C BE TRANSLATED TO REGIONS SUCH AS 1-399, 400-799 AND
C 800-1199. THE ACTUAL TRANSLATION WOULD DEPEND ON THE
C RELATIVE PLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL REGIONS. FOR
C EXAMPLE, USING THE ABOVE SAMPLE CRENBR SPECIFICATION,
C THE STATEMENT NUMBER SEQUENCE
C 270 350 260 351 15 2 6 150 99 1600 1622
C WOULD BE TRANSLATED TO THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE
C 830 820 810 800 440 430 420 410 400 20 10
C TO ALLOW ADDITION OF NEW STATEMENTS TO A REGION,
C STATEMENT NUMBERS WHICH WOULD NORMALLY BE OUTSIDE THE
C REGION ARE TAKEN AS PART OF THE SURROUNDING REGION IF
C STATEMENT NUMBERS BOTH BEFORE AND AFTER THE ADDITION
C ARE WITHIN THE REGION. THEREFORE, THE STATEMENT
C NUMBER SEQUENCE
C 270 8350 4260 351 15 2 6 150 99 1600 1622
C WOULD BE RENUMBERED TO THE SAME SEQUENCE AS GIVEN
C BEFORE.
C
C THE RENBRSTART COMMAND LINE
C THE FIRST LINE READ AS INPUT AND THE FIRST LINE
C FOLLOWING EACH FORTRAN END STATEMENT, ARE SCANNED FOR
C THE APPEARANCE OF THE LETTERS RENBRSTART ANYWHERE ON
C THE LINE. THE LETTERS RENBRSTART CAN BE PRECEDED BY
C ANY OTHER CHARACTERS AND CAN BE SEPARATED BY BLANKS
C OR TABS. IF THE LETTERS RENBRSTART ARE FOUND, THE
C CURRENT LINE AND ALL FOLLOWING LINES THROUGH THE END
C OF THE FINAL INPUT FILE OR TO THE NEXT CRENBR COMMAND
C LINE WILL BE TREATED AS COMMENT LINES. THE NAME TO
C BE ASSOCIATED WITH THE CURRENT COMMENT SECTION, AND A
C SUBTITLE FOR THE LISTING, CAN APPEAR TO THE RIGHT OF
C THE LETTERS RENBRSTART IN THE FORMAT IN WHICH THIS
C INFORMATION COULD APPEAR ON A CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C ADDITIONAL RENBRSTART COMMAND LINES CAN APPEAR WITHIN
C THE COMMENT SECTION TO FORCE THE PRINTING OF A NEW
C PAGE WITH NEW NAME AND NEW SUBTITLE. IF THE COMMENT
C SECTION IS TERMINATED BY A CRENBR COMMAND LINE, THEN
C THIS CRENBR COMMAND LINE IS CONSIDERED TO BE PART OF
C THE FOLLOWING FORTRAN PROGRAM.
C
C A RENBRTITLE COMMAND LINE CAN BE USED FOR MUCH THE
C SAME PURPOSE AS A RENBRSTART COMMAND LINE. THE ONLY
C DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THESE TWO COMMANDS IS THAT THE
C COMMAND RENBRTITLE DOES NOT FORCE A PAGE BREAK WHEN
C IT IS ENCOUNTERED AND DOES NOT NECESSARILY CHANGE THE
C SUBTITLE.
C
C ************************************************
C * *
C * TO INCREASE INTERNAL STORAGE USED BY RENBR *
C * *
C ************************************************
C
C TO INCREASE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINES IN 1 STATEMENT
C 1. INCREASE DIMENSION OF LTRBIG(2211) BY 110 FOR EACH
C EXTRA LINE. THIS IS 1 2/3 OF THE INCREASED NUMBER
C OF CHARACTERS. THE 2/3 PREVENTS OVERLAP WHEN
C 1 DIGIT NUMBERS IN LIST ARE CONVERTED TO 5 DIGIT
C NUMBERS.
C 2. INCREASE VALUE OF MID=891 BY 44 FOR EACH EXTRA
C LINE. THIS IS THE AMOUNT A LINE OF SHORT NUMBERS
C CAN INCREASE IN LENGTH WHEN CHANGING TO LONG
C NUMBERS.
C 3. INCREASE DIMENSION OF INRSTR(21) BY 1 FOR EACH
C EXTRA LINE
C 4. INCREASE VALUE OF MAXLIN=20 TO NEW NUMBER OF LINES
C
C TO INCREASE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF STATEMENT NUMBERS
C 1. INCREASE DIMENSION OF NOLD(1000) BY 1 FOR EACH
C EXTRA NUMBER
C 2. INCREASE DIMENSION OF NNEW(1000) BY 1 FOR EACH
C EXTRA NUMBER
C 3. INCREASE VALUE OF IHIHDO=1000 TO NEW DIMENSION OF
C NOLD AND NNEW
C
C TO INCREASE NUMBER OF ROUTINES IN 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
C 1. INCREASE DIMENSION OF LTRTOC(168) BY 6 FOR EACH
C EXTRA ITEM
C 2. INCREASE DIMENSION OF NUMTOC(112) BY 4 FOR EACH
C EXTRA ITEM
C 3. INCREASE VALUE OF INITOC=28 TO NEW NUMBER OF ITEMS
C
C TO INCREASE NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN WORDS IN 1 INDEX
C 1. INCREASE DIMENSION OF LTRSPL(2000) BY 1 FOR EACH
C EXTRA CHARACTER
C 2. INCREASE VALUE OF MAXSPL=2000 TO NEW DIMENSION OF
C LTRSPL
C
C TO INCREASE NUMBER OF WORDS IN 1 INDEX
C 1. INCREASE DIMENSION OF NUMPNT(5000). 5 LOCATIONS
C ARE NEEDED FOR EACH INITIAL APPEARANCE OF WORD,
C AND 2 FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT APPEARANCE
C 2. INCREASE VALUE OF MAXPNT=5000 TO NEW DIMENSION OF
C NUMPNT
C
C THE KEY PHRASES WHICH ARE TO BE CHANGED TO INCREASE
C THE STORAGE USED BY RENBR ARE LISTED BELOW. THESE
C LINES SHOULD BE CHECKED AFTER THE GLOBAL REPLACEMENTS
C HAVE BEEN COMPLETED.
C
C TO INCREASE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINES IN 1 STATEMENT
C LTRBIG(2211) INRSTR(21) MAXLIN=20 MID=891
C TO INCREASE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF STATEMENT NUMBERS
C NOLD(1000) NNEW(1000) IHIHDO=1000
C TO INCREASE NUMBER OF ROUTINES IN 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
C LTRTOC(168) NUMTOC(112) INITOC=28
C TO INCREASE NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN WORDS IN 1 INDEX
C LTRSPL(2000) MAXSPL=2000
C TO INCREASE NUMBER OF WORDS IN 1 INDEX
C NUMPNT(5000) MAXPNT=5000
C
C *****************************************************
C * *
C * *
C * CCCC AAA U U TTTTT I OOO N N *
C * C A A U U T I O O NN N *
C * C AAAAA U U T I O O N N N *
C * C A A U U T I O O N NN *
C * CCCC A A UUU T I OOO N N *
C * *
C * *
C * THIS BLOCK DATA ROUTINE DEFINES SOME LOWER CASE *
C * LETTERS AND SOME PUNCTUATION CHARACTERS WHICH *
C * ARE NOT AVAILABLE ON ALL COMPUTER SYSTEMS. THE *
C * LOWER CASE LETTERS CAN, IN ALL CASES, BE *
C * REPLACED BY THE CORRESPONDING UPPER CASE *
C * LETTERS. THE TAB CHARACTER AND ANY PUNCTUATION *
C * MARKS WHICH ARE UNAVAILABLE AND WHICH SELECT *
C * OPTIONS WHICH ARE NOT SIMILARLY SELECTED BY *
C * SOME OTHER CHARACTER ON THE TARGET COMPUTER *
C * SYSTEM CAN, IN GENERAL, BE REPLACED BY THE *
C * SPACE (BLANK) CHARACTER, BUT IF THIS DOES NOT *
C * WORK THEN THESE SHOULD BE REPLACED BY SOME *
C * OTHER CHARACTER WHICH HAS NO PREDEFINED MEANING *
C * IN FORTRAN. *
C * *
C *****************************************************
C
C RESTRICTION
C CONTINUATION LINES FOLLOWING A COMMENT LINE ARE TAKEN
C AS A CONTINUATION OF THE COMMENT AND ARE WRITTEN INTO
C THE OUTPUT UNCHANGED. FOR THIS REASON, COMMENT LINES
C CAN SEPARATE STATEMENTS, BUT CANNOT APPEAR WITHIN A
C SINGLE STATEMENT.
C
C RESTRICTION
C A LINE WITH A NON-BLANK NON-TAB NON-DIGIT CHARACTER
C OTHER THAN C (WHICH WOULD INDICATE A COMMENT) IN
C COLUMN 1 FOLLOWED BY A TAB, OR BY A NUMBER (FORMED OF
C NO MORE THAN 4 DIGITS) AND A TAB, OR BY 4 CHARACTERS
C FORMED OF ANY COMBINATION OF BLANKS AND/OR DIGITS
C WILL BE TAKEN AS A LEGAL FORTRAN STATEMENT. IF THE
C LINE BEGINS A NEW STATEMENT, THEN THE INITIAL
C CHARACTER WILL APPEAR IN THE OUTPUT AT THE START OF
C EACH LINE OF THE STATEMENT INCLUDING ALL CONTINUATION
C LINES (WHETHER OR NOT THE CHARACTER ORIGINALLY
C APPEARED AT THE START OF THESE CONTINUATION LINES).
C SOME COMPILERS REQUIRE B, D OR I IN COLUMN 1 TO
C SPECIFY VARIABLE TYPE. ALSO, DEC PDP-10 FORTRAN
C ALLOWS D IN COLUMN 1 TO INDICATE A DEBUGGING LINE THE
C COMPILATION OF WHICH IS OPTIONAL. IN DEC FORTRAN,
C THE USE OF THE D AT THE START OF LINES WHICH CONTINUE
C A DEBUGGING LINE IS ACCEPTABLE BUT NOT NECESSARY.
C
C RESTRICTION
C BLANKS ARE TRIMMED FROM THE RIGHT END OF LINES PRIOR
C TO OUTPUT REGARDLESS OF SYNTAX. IF ALPHAMERIC
C STRINGS ARE SPECIFIED AS THE NUMBER OF CHARACTERS
C FOLLOWED BY THE LETTER H AND THE CHARACTERS OF THE
C STRING, THEN LINES WHICH END IN ALPHAMERIC STRINGS
C CONTAINING TERMINAL BLANKS WILL HAVE THESE BLANKS
C REMOVED. THEREFORE, UNLESS THE OUTPUT IS WRITTEN
C ONTO LINES, A STATEMENT SUCH AS
C A=1H
C SHOULD INSTEAD BE WRITTEN AS
C A=' '
C
C RESTRICTION
C A SINGLE STATEMENT CAN BE CONTINUED ON NO MORE THAN
C 19 LINES. UNLESS THE DIMENSIONS OF NOLD AND OF NNEW
C AND THE VALUE OF IHIHDO (SEE LATER COMMENTS) ARE
C INCREASED, A SINGLE PROGRAM CAN CONTAIN AT MOST 1000
C NUMBERED STATEMENTS (OR 25 LESS THAN THIS IF A
C LISTING IS BEING MADE).
C
C RESTRICTION
C THE END STATEMENT AT THE END OF A PROGRAM MUST APPEAR
C ON A SINGLE LINE (ALTHOUGH THE LETTERS OF THE WORD
C END CAN BE PRECEDED BY OR BE SEPARATED BY BLANKS OR
C TABS). THE INPUT CAN CONTAIN ANY NUMBER OF PROGRAMS,
C EACH WITH ITS OWN END STATEMENT. IF THE END-OF-FILE
C TEST IN A READ STATEMENT IS NOT AVAILABLE, AN
C ADDITIONAL END STATEMENT, AFTER THE FINAL PROGRAM IN
C THE INPUT, CAN BE USED TO FORCE A NORMAL EXIT WHICH
C INCLUDES PRINTING OF THE TABLE OF CONTENTS.
C
C RESTRICTION
C A LINE BEGINNING A NEW STATEMENT MUST HAVE ONE OF THE
C FOLLOWING FORMATS. IN THESE EXAMPLES, COMMENTS CAN
C ALSO BE INDICATED BY AN INITIAL ASTERISK AS WELL AS
C BY AN INITIAL LETTER C.
C A) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A NON-TAB CHARACTER OTHER
C THAN C FOLLOWED BY 4 BLANKS AND/OR DIGITS
C FOLLOWED IN COLUMN 6 BY A BLANK OR BY A ZERO. IT
C IS POSSIBLE FOR THE CHARACTER IN COLUMN 1 TO BE A
C BLANK OR A DIGIT OF THE STATEMENT NUMBER.
C B) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A TAB FOLLOWED BY THE FIRST
C CHARACTER OF THE STATEMENT WHICH CANNOT BE A
C DIGIT.
C C) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A NON-TAB NON-BLANK
C NON-DIGIT CHARACTER OTHER THAN C FOLLOWED BY A
C TAB FOLLOWED BY THE FIRST CHARACTER OF THE
C STATEMENT.
C D) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A DIGIT OR DIGITS OF THE
C STATEMENT NUMBER FOLLOWED BY A TAB FOLLOWED BY
C THE FIRST CHARACTER OF THE STATEMENT.
C E) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A NON-TAB NON-BLANK
C NON-DIGIT CHARACTER OTHER THAN C FOLLOWED BY THE
C DIGIT OR DIGITS OF THE STATEMENT NUMBER FOLLOWED
C BY A TAB FOLLOWED BY THE FIRST CHARACTER OF THE
C STATEMENT.
C IF (BLANK) REPRESENTS A BLANK, (TAB) REPRESENTS A TAB
C AND (TEXT) REPRESENTS THE TEXT OF THE STATEMENT, THEN
C THE FOLLOWING ARE TYPICAL LINES WHICH START NEW
C STATEMENTS.
C (BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(TEXT)
C (BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)0(TEXT)
C D(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(TEXT)
C D(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)0(TEXT)
C (BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)22(BLANK)(TEXT)
C (BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)220(TEXT)
C D(BLANK)(BLANK)22(BLANK)(TEXT)
C D(BLANK)(BLANK)220(TEXT)
C 22(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(TEXT)
C 22(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)0(TEXT)
C D22(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(TEXT)
C D22(BLANK)(BLANK)0(TEXT)
C (TAB)(TEXT)
C D(TAB)(TEXT)
C 22(TAB)(TEXT)
C D22(TAB)(TEXT)
C
C RESTRICTION
C A CONTINUATION LINE MUST HAVE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
C FORMATS.
C A) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A NON-TAB NON-DIGIT
C CHARACTER OTHER THAN C FOLLOWED BY 4 BLANKS
C FOLLOWED BY A NON-BLANK NON-TAB NON-ZERO
C CHARACTER WHICH IS IGNORED. THE INITIAL
C CHARACTER CAN, OF COURSE, BE A BLANK.
C B) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A TAB FOLLOWED BY A
C NON-ZERO DIGIT.
C C) A LINE BEGINNING WITH A NON-TAB NON-BLANK
C NON-DIGIT CHARACTER OTHER THAN C FOLLOWED BY A
C TAB FOLLOWED BY A NON-ZERO DIGIT.
C THE FOLLOWING ARE TYPICAL CONTINUATION LINES.
C (BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)2(TEXT)
C (BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)A(TEXT)
C D(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)2(TEXT)
C D(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)(BLANK)A(TEXT)
C (TAB)2(TEXT)
C D(TAB)2(TEXT)
C
C
C MINIMUM LENGTH OF STORAGE ARRAYS.
C ------- ------ -- ------- -------
C
C EACH 72 CHARACTER LINE OF A FORTRAN STATEMENT (1-5 IN
C NUMBER FIELD, 6 IN CONTINUATION FIELD, AND 7-72 IN
C STATEMENT FIELD) IS INITIALLY READ INTO THE LTR120
C ARRAY. 120 CHARACTERS ARE READ INTO THE LTR120 ARRAY
C IF A COMMENT SECTION IS BEING PROCESSED.
C
C CHARACTERS 7-72 OF THE LTR120 ARRAY ARE COPIED INTO
C THE UPPER END OF LTRBIG ARRAY FOR PROCESSING IF THIS
C UPPER SECTION IS EMPTY OR IF CHARACTER 6 IS NEITHER
C BLANK NOR ZERO. TO ALLOW 19 CONTINUATION LINES, THE
C UPPER SECTION OF THE LTRBIG ARRAY MUST HAVE A LENGTH
C OF AT LEAST 1+20*66 = 1321 LOCATIONS (COUNTING A
C FINAL LOCATION WHICH IS INCLUDED FOR HISTORICAL
C REASONS BUT WHICH SHOULD NO LONGER BE NECESSARY, PLUS
C 20 LINES OF 66 CHARACTERS).
C
C THE STATEMENT IS FINALLY COPIED INTO THE LOWER
C SECTION OF THE LTRBIG ARRAY WITH STATEMENT NUMBERS
C BEING REPLACED WHEN FOUND. THE RESULTING STATEMENT
C CAN BE LONGER THAN THAT STORED IN THE UPPER SECTION
C OF THE ARRAY. AS THE MOST EXTREME EXAMPLE OF THIS,
C GO TO(1,2,3, COULD BECOME GO TO(99997,99998,99999,
C HERE, 6 CHARACTERS (5 DIGITS AND A COMMA) ARE
C PRODUCED FOR EVERY 2 IN THE ORIGINAL STATEMENT. 1320
C CHARACTERS (20 LINES) WILL HAVE BEEN PRODUCED WHEN
C 440 CHARACTERS HAVE BEEN PROCESSED. A LOWER SECTION
C OF 880 LOCATIONS (1320-440) WOULD PROTECT THE
C CHARACTERS IN THE UPPER SECTION UNTIL THEY HAD BEEN
C PROCESSED.
C
C 6 ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS AT THE LOWER END OF THE LOWER
C SECTION STORE THE NEW STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD. AN
C ADDITIONAL 4 STORE THE LINE SEQUENCE NUMBER.
C
C IN THE RESET ROUTINE, THE STATEMENT LEFT=1 DEFINES
C THE STARTING LOCATION OF THE LOWER SECTION AND THE
C STATEMENT MID=891 DEFINES THE STARTING LOCATION
C (1+4+6+880) OF THE UPPER SECTION OF THE LTRBIG ARRAY.
C THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE LTRBIG ARRAY IS 2211
C LOCATIONS (890 IN LOWER SECTION AND 1321 IN UPPER
C SECTION).
C
C STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE STORED IN THE NOLD AND NNEW
C ARRAYS. THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN EITHER OF
C THESE ARRAYS IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF STATEMENT
C NUMBERS WHICH CAN BE PRESENT IN A SINGLE PROGRAM OR
C SUBPROGRAM. THESE ARRAYS ALSO STORE STATEMENT NUMBER
C REFERENCES FOR PRODUCTION OF LIST OF THESE.
C
C IHIHDO VARIABLE SET AT START OF RESET ROUTINE MUST
C HAVE SAME VALUE AS DIMENSION OF NOLD OR NNEW ARRAYS.
C IHIHDO AND THE DIMENSIONS OF NOLD AND NNEW ARE SET TO
C 1000. PROGRAMS WITH MORE STATEMENT NUMBERS THAN THE
C VALUE OF IHIHDO ARE REJECTED. HOWEVER, IF THE NUMBER
C OF STATEMENT NUMBERS APPROACHES IHIHDO, THE LISTING
C PROCESS WILL DUMP THE CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE OFTEN.
C IT IS SUGGESTED THAT IHIHDO AND THE NOLD AND NNEW
C DIMENSIONS BE AT LEAST 50 LARGER THAN THE NUMBER OF
C STATEMENT NUMBERS PRESENT IN A SINGLE PROGRAM OR
C SUBPROGRAM.
C
C THE NUMPNT ARRAY AND THE LTRSPL ARRAY STORE ALL
C INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR GENERATION OF THE SYMBOL
C INDEX. THE DIMENSIONS OF THESE ARRAYS (WHICH ARE
C ALSO STORED AS MAXPNT AND MAXSPL) ARE SUFFICIENT TO
C ALLOW LISTING OF OVER 15 PAGES OF FORTRAN PROGRAM
C BETWEEN GENERATION OF SECTIONS OF THE INDEX. IF
C LONGER UNINTERRUPTED LISTINGS ARE DESIRED, THESE
C DIMENSIONS SHOULD BE INCREASED. SINCE THE SAME
C SYMBOL NAMES ARE USUALLY USED THROUGHOUT A PARTICULAR
C PROGRAM, THE NUMBER OF PAGES OF UNINTERRUPTED LISTING
C IS MORE THAN PROPORTIONAL TO THE LENGTH OF THESE
C ARRAYS. THE TABLE OF STATEMENT REFERENCES AND INDEX
C ARE PRINTED AT END OF EACH PROGRAM, OR WHEN
C APPROPRIATE STORAGE FILLS. NOTHING IS LOST EVEN WHEN
C THE LISTING OF A SINGLE PROGRAM MUST BE INTERRUPTED
C SEVERAL TIMES FOR GENERATION OF SEPARATE PORTIONS OF
C TABLE OR INDEX. NUMBER OF PAGES WHICH CAN BE LISTED
C BEFORE TABLE OF STATEMENT REFERENCES MUST BE
C GENERATED WILL DEPEND ON WHETHER ARITHMETIC OR
C LOGICAL IF STATEMENTS ARE USED. WITH THE LATTER,
C THIS LIMIT IS ABOUT 25 PAGES.
C
C THE NUMTOC ARRAY AND THE LTRTOC ARRAY ARE DIMENSIONED
C LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW LISTING OF 28 ROUTINES BETWEEN
C THE GENERATION OF THE TABLE OF CONTENTS.
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C START OF PARSING TABLE
C DIMENSION NUMPRS(655)
DIMENSION NUMPR1(100),NUM101(100),NUM201(100),
1 NUM301(100),NUM401(100),NUM501(100),
2 NUM601( 55)
EQUIVALENCE (NUMPR1(1),NUMPRS( 1)),
1 (NUM101(1),NUMPRS(101)),
2 (NUM201(1),NUMPRS(201)),
3 (NUM301(1),NUMPRS(301)),
4 (NUM401(1),NUMPRS(401)),
5 (NUM501(1),NUMPRS(501)),
6 (NUM601(1),NUMPRS(601))
C DIMENSION LTRPRS(331)
DIMENSION LTRPR1(100),LTR101(100),LTR201(100),
1 LTR301( 31)
CHARACTER*1 LTRPR1,LTR101,LTR201,LTR301
EQUIVALENCE (LTRPR1(1),LTRPRS( 1)),
1 (LTR101(1),LTRPRS(101)),
2 (LTR201(1),LTRPRS(201)),
3 (LTR301(1),LTRPRS(301))
C DIMENSION LWRPRS(331)
DIMENSION LWRPR1(100),LWR101(100),LWR201(100),
1 LWR301( 31)
CHARACTER*1 LWRPR1,LWR101,LWR201,LWR301
EQUIVALENCE (LWRPR1(1),LWRPRS( 1)),
1 (LWR101(1),LWRPRS(101)),
2 (LWR201(1),LWRPRS(201)),
3 (LWR301(1),LWRPRS(301))
DATA NUMPR1/ 1, 1, 2, 51, 6, 1, 3, 4, 11,111,
1 6,259,259, 16,476, 30, 0, 0, 21, 0,
2 6,260,260,646, 26, 15, 0, 0, 31, 0,
3 5, 0, 0, 36, 0, 2, 0, 0,501, 41,
4 1,222,225, 46,106, 31, 0, 0,101,646,
5 2, 0, 0, 56, 86, 10,258,258, 61, 71,
6 26, 0, 0, 66, 0, 4, 0, 0,646, 0,
7 2, 0, 0, 76,646, 29,236,240, 81,646,
8 10,260,260,646, 61, 1,236,240, 91,406,
9 10,260,260,646, 96, 11, 0, 0,101, 0/
DATA NUM101/ 27, 0, 0,646, 0, 11, 0, 0, 1, 0,
1 10,260,260,646,116, 6, 5, 19,136,146,
2 156,166,176,211,226,231,236,241,251,266,
3 276,281,286,406, 0, 1, 20, 25,391,141,
4 1, 26, 31,396,406, 1, 32, 39,371,151,
5 1, 40, 48,371,406, 1, 58, 61,601,161,
6 1, 62, 66,401,406, 1, 67, 70,566,171,
7 1, 71, 76,296,406, 1, 87, 92,296,181,
8 29, 93, 97,546,186, 1, 98,104,371,191,
9 1,110,114,561,196, 29,105,109,546,201/
DATA NUM201/ 29, 81, 86,536,206, 29, 77, 80,531,406,
1 1,115,118,296,216, 1,119,124,526,221,
2 1,125,133,511,406, 1,142,145,456,406,
3 1,146,152,296,406, 1,153,156,401,406,
4 1,157,161,296,246, 1,169,173,391,406,
5 1,174,177,376,256, 1,178,183,296,261,
6 1,184,189,371,406, 1,190,197,371,271,
7 1,198,207,371,406, 1,226,229,296,406,
8 1,230,235,371,406, 1,241,245,291,406,
9 1,306,315,381,296, 1,259,259,301,386/
DATA NUM301/ 13,262,258,311,306, 13,266,258,311,321,
1 7, 0, 0,316, 0, 12, 0, 0,321, 0,
2 10,258,258,326,336, 2, 0, 0,331,336,
3 4, 0, 0,336, 0, 1,250,253,351,341,
4 1,246,249,351,346, 1,254,257,351,361,
5 2, 0, 0,356,361, 4, 0, 0,361, 0,
6 10,258,258,366,646, 7, 0, 0,336, 0,
7 1,259,259,301,646, 1,297,305,381,296,
8 10,258,258,386,646, 2, 0, 0, 66,646,
9 1,218,221,396,296, 2, 0, 0, 66,646/
DATA NUM401/ 1,259,259,336,406, 25, 0, 0,411,646,
1 10,260,260,646,416, 1, 49, 57,446,421,
2 1,208,217,441,426, 19,134,141,451,431,
3 1,162,168,436,646, 16, 0, 0,646, 2,
4 16, 0, 0,646, 3, 16, 0, 0,646, 5,
5 16, 0, 0,646, 4, 15, 0, 0,461, 0,
6 2, 0, 0, 66,466, 3,259,259,471,646,
7 2, 0, 0,501,646, 10,260,260,646,481,
8 1,267,285,496,486, 1,286,296,496,491,
9 1,316,331,496,646, 2, 0, 0,501,646/
DATA NUM501/ 4, 0, 0,506, 0, 1,258,258,496,646,
1 2, 0, 0,516,646, 4, 0, 0,521, 0,
2 10,258,258,511,646, 11, 0, 0,651, 0,
3 28, 0, 0,101, 0, 28, 0, 0,541, 0,
4 7, 0, 0, 96, 0, 28, 0, 0,551, 0,
5 7, 0, 0,556, 0, 11, 0, 0,646, 0,
6 16, 0, 0,646, 6, 11, 0, 0,571, 0,
7 10,261,261,576,646, 7, 0, 0,581, 0,
8 11, 0, 0,586, 0, 10,261,261,591,651,
9 7, 0, 0,596, 0, 15, 0, 0,571, 0/
DATA NUM601/ 11, 0, 0,606, 0, 3,259,259,611,646,
1 7, 0, 0,616, 0, 1,263,263,631,621,
2 1,265,265,631,626, 1,264,264,631,641,
3 2, 0, 0,636,641, 4, 0, 0,641, 0,
4 10,258,258,611,646, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
5 8, 0, 0, 0, 0/
DATA LTRPR1/'D','O','I','F','A','B','C','D','E','F',
1 'G','I','O','P','R','S','T','U','W','A',
2 'C','C','E','P','T','A','S','S','I','G',
3 'N','B','A','C','K','F','I','L','E','B',
4 'A','C','K','S','P','A','C','E','B','L',
5 'O','C','K','D','A','T','A','C','A','L',
6 'L','C','L','O','S','E','D','A','T','A',
7 'D','E','C','O','D','E','E','L','S','E',
8 'E','L','S','E','I','F','E','N','C','O',
9 'D','E','E','N','D','D','O','E','N','D'/
DATA LTR101/'F','I','L','E','E','N','D','I','F','E',
1 'N','T','R','Y','F','I','N','D','F','O',
2 'R','M','A','T','F','R','E','Q','U','E',
3 'N','C','Y','F','U','N','C','T','I','O',
4 'N','G','O','T','O','I','N','Q','U','I',
5 'R','E','O','P','E','N','P','R','I','N',
6 'T','P','R','O','G','R','A','M','P','U',
7 'N','C','H','R','E','A','D','R','E','R',
8 'E','A','D','R','E','W','I','N','D','S',
9 'K','I','P','F','I','L','E','S','K','I'/
DATA LTR201/'P','R','E','C','O','R','D','S','U','B',
1 'R','O','U','T','I','N','E','T','A','P',
2 'E','T','H','E','N','T','Y','P','E','U',
3 'N','L','O','A','D','W','H','I','L','E',
4 'W','R','I','T','E','E','N','D','=','E',
5 'R','R','=','F','M','T','=',',','(','=',
6 '/','''','*','$','&','#','A','C','C','U',
7 'M','U','L','A','T','O','R','O','V','E',
8 'R','F','L','O','W','D','I','V','I','D',
9 'E','C','H','E','C','K','I','N','P','U'/
DATA LTR301/'T','T','A','P','E','O','U','T','P','U',
1 'T','T','A','P','E','Q','U','O','T','I',
2 'E','N','T','O','V','E','R','F','L','O',
3 'W'/
DATA LWRPR1/'d','o','i','f','a','b','c','d','e','f',
1 'g','i','o','p','r','s','t','u','w','a',
2 'c','c','e','p','t','a','s','s','i','g',
3 'n','b','a','c','k','f','i','l','e','b',
4 'a','c','k','s','p','a','c','e','b','l',
5 'o','c','k','d','a','t','a','c','a','l',
6 'l','c','l','o','s','e','d','a','t','a',
7 'd','e','c','o','d','e','e','l','s','e',
8 'e','l','s','e','i','f','e','n','c','o',
9 'd','e','e','n','d','d','o','e','n','d'/
DATA LWR101/'f','i','l','e','e','n','d','i','f','e',
1 'n','t','r','y','f','i','n','d','f','o',
2 'r','m','a','t','f','r','e','q','u','e',
3 'n','c','y','f','u','n','c','t','i','o',
4 'n','g','o','t','o','i','n','q','u','i',
5 'r','e','o','p','e','n','p','r','i','n',
6 't','p','r','o','g','r','a','m','p','u',
7 'n','c','h','r','e','a','d','r','e','r',
8 'e','a','d','r','e','w','i','n','d','s',
9 'k','i','p','f','i','l','e','s','k','i'/
DATA LWR201/'p','r','e','c','o','r','d','s','u','b',
1 'r','o','u','t','i','n','e','t','a','p',
2 'e','t','h','e','n','t','y','p','e','u',
3 'n','l','o','a','d','w','h','i','l','e',
4 'w','r','i','t','e','e','n','d','=','e',
5 'r','r','=','f','m','t','=',',','(','=',
6 '/','''','*','$','&','#','a','c','c','u',
7 'm','u','l','a','t','o','r','o','v','e',
8 'r','f','l','o','w','d','i','v','i','d',
9 'e','c','h','e','c','k','i','n','p','u'/
DATA LWR301/'t','t','a','p','e','o','u','t','p','u',
1 't','t','a','p','e','q','u','o','t','i',
2 'e','n','t','o','v','e','r','f','l','o',
3 'w'/
C END OF PARSING TABLE
C
DATA
1LTRLFT/'('/,LTRRIT/')'/,LTREXC/'!'/,LTRSEM/';'/,
2LTRQOT/''''/,LTRMNS/'-'/,LTRSLA/'/'/,LTREQL/'='/,
3LTRPLS/'+'/,LTRCLN/':'/,LTRDOT/'.'/
DATA LTRSPC/' '/,LTRTAB/' '/
DATA LTREND/'E','N','D'/,
1 LWREND/'e','n','d'/
DATA LTRKEY/'R','E','N','B','R'/,
1 LWRKEY/'r','e','n','b','r'/
DATA LTRBGN/'S','T','A','R','T'/,
1 LWRBGN/'s','t','a','r','t'/
DATA LTRTTL/'T','I','T','L','E'/,
1 LWRTTL/'t','i','t','l','e'/
DATA LTRFLG/'R','C','A','B','I','N','O','M'/,
1 LWRFLG/'r','c','a','b','i','n','o','m'/
DATA LTRABC/'A','B','C','D','E','F','G','H','I','J',
1 'K','L','M','N','O','P','Q','R','S','T',
2 'U','V','W','X','Y','Z'/
DATA LWRABC/'a','b','c','d','e','f','g','h','i','j',
1 'k','l','m','n','o','p','q','r','s','t',
2 'u','v','w','x','y','z'/
DATA LTRDGT/'0','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9'/
DATA LTRDDD/'D'/,LWRDDD/'d'/
DATA LTREEE/'E'/,LWREEE/'e'/
DATA LTRHHH/'H'/,LWRHHH/'h'/
DATA LTRTYP/'N','O','N','F','O','R','T','R','A','N',
1'M','A','I','N',' ','P','R','O','G','R','A','M',
2'S','U','B','R','O','U','T','I','N','E',
3'F','U','N','C','T','I','O','N',
4'B','L','O','C','K',' ','D','A','T','A',
5'E','N','T','R','Y'/
DATA NUMTYP/1,11,23,33,41,51,56/
C
C CHARACTERS WHICH IN COLUMN 1 INDICATE COMMENT LINE
DATA LTRCOM/'C','c','*','!','$','/'/
DATA MAXCOM/6/
C
C NUMPRS AND LTRPRS ARE THE ARRAYS WHICH DRIVE SYNTAX
C RECOGNITION PROCESS. EACH ENTRY IN THE NUMPRS ARRAY
C CONSISTS OF 5 LOCATIONS. THE FIRST OF THESE SELECTS
C THE OPERATION TO BE PERFORMED. THE FOURTH AND FIFTH
C LOCATIONS CONTAIN THE SUBSCRIPT OF THE FIRST LOCATION
C OF THE ENTRY TO BE PERFORMED NEXT IN CASE OF SUCCESS
C OR, IF THE OPERATION WAS A TEST, FAILURE,
C RESPECTIVELY. THE SECOND AND THIRD LOCATIONS CONTAIN
C THE FIRST AND FINAL SUBSCRIPTS OF THE CHARACTERS OF A
C WORD TO BE MATCHED IN THE LTRPRS ARRAY, OR CONTAIN
C THE SUBSCRIPTS OF 2 CHARACTERS, EITHER ONE OF WHICH
C CAN BE MATCHED.
C
C FOUR POINTERS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE SYNTAX TABLE.
C JIN IS MOVED IRREVERSIBLY THROUGH THE STATEMENT AND
C POINTS TO THE FIRST CHARACTER NOT YET COPIED. JSTN
C POINTS TO THE FIRST CHARACTER FOLLOWING A SUCCESSFUL
C MATCH AND IS RETURNED TO JIN IF THE MATCH IS A
C FAILURE (EXCEPT FOR OPERATION 6 WHICH DOES NOT CHANGE
C THE VALUE OF JSTN). KSTN AND ISTN ARE SET ONLY BY A
C SUCCESSFUL TEST FOR A NUMBER STARTING AT JSTN. KSTN
C IS LEFT POINTING TO THE FIRST DIGIT OF THE NUMBER AND
C ISTN AT THE NEXT CHARACTER FOLLOWING THE NUMBER.
C ISTN AND JSTN ARE THEN EQUAL UNTIL THE NEXT TEST. IT
C IS POSSIBLE TO TEST THE CHARACTERS FOLLOWING A NUMBER
C AND THEN RETURN TO THAT NUMBER TO REPLACE IT IF IT IS
C VERIFIED TO BE A STATEMENT NUMBER.
C
C IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT ONLY FUNCTIONS 1, 6, 29 AND
C RANGE 17 THRU 24 CAN MATCH BOTH UPPER CASE AND LOWER
C CASE LETTERS. FUNCTION 13 COULD TEST FOR A FIRST
C CHARACTER WHICH IS A LETTER, BUT IS NOT USED FOR THIS
C PURPOSE AND SO HAS NOT BEEN CONVERTED TO TEST FOR
C BOTH UPPER AND LOWER CASES.
C
C THE FUNCTIONS PROVIDED ARE AS FOLLOW
C 1) TEST IF NON-BLANK CHARACTERS STARTING AT JSTN
C MATCH WORD CONTAINED IN LTRPRS ARRAY. IF SUCCESS,
C COPY MATCHED WORD AND LEAVE JIN AND JSTN POINTING
C TO FIRST CHARACTER BEYOND MATCHED WORD.
C 2) TEST IF CHARACTERS STARTING AT JSTN ARE A NUMBER.
C IF SO, PLACE THE VALUE OF NUMBER INTO NUM.
C 3) TEST WHICH OF THE 2 CHARACTERS IN LTRPRS ARRAY
C IS ENCOUNTERED FIRST AS A FORTRAN OPERATOR AT OR
C FOLLOWING THE CHARACTER POINTED TO BY JSTN. TEST
C IS CONSIDERED SUCCESSFUL ONLY IF FIRST CHARACTER
C IS ENCOUNTERED FIRST. THE FORTRAN OPERATORS + -
C * / = , ( AND ) CAN BE TESTED FOR.
C 4) REPLACE OLD STATEMENT NUMBER WITH NEW, FIRST
C COPYING ALL LOCATIONS UP TO KSTN. JIN AND JSTN
C ARE LEFT AT ISTN.
C 5) COPY CHARACTERS STARTING AT JIN UNTIL END OF
C EXPRESSION (AS INDICATED BY PARENTHESES COUNTING)
C HAS BEEN COPIED. JIN AND JSTN ARE LEFT POINTING
C TO NEXT CHARACTER BEYOND EXPRESSION.
C 6) TEST IF NEXT NON-BLANK CHARACTER IS ANY OF THOSE
C IN WORD IN LTRPRS ARRAY. VALUE OF JSTN IS NOT
C CHANGED. THIS FUNCTION HAS A SUCCESS DESTINATION
C FOR EACH POSSIBLE CHARACTER, AND A SINGLE FAILURE
C DESTINATION. NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN NUMPRS ARRAY
C NEEDED TO STORE THIS FUNCTION IS WHOLE MULTIPLE
C OF 5 WHICH IS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 4 PLUS
C NUMBER OF CHARACTERS TO BE TESTED.
C 7) COPY CHARACTERS FROM JIN TO (BUT NOT INCLUDING)
C JSTN. JIN IS LEFT POINTING AT JSTN.
C 8) TURN OFF STORAGE IN SYMBOL DICTIONARY AND OUTPUT
C (COPY) REST OF STATEMENT.
C 9) OUTPUT (COPY) REST OF STATEMENT.
C 10) TEST WHICH OF 2 CHARACTERS IN THE LTRPRS ARRAY IS
C ENCOUNTERED FIRST AS A FORTRAN OPERATOR AT OR
C FOLLOWING THE CHARACTER POINTED TO BY JSTN WHILE
C THE PARENTHESIS COUNT IS BALANCED. THE TEST IS
C CONSIDERED SUCCESSFUL ONLY IF THE FIRST CHARACTER
C IS ENCOUNTERED FIRST WHILE THE PARENTHESIS COUNT
C IS BALANCED (MEANING THAT EACH LEFT PARENTHESIS
C WHICH HAS BEEN ENCOUNTERED HAS BEEN BALANCED BY A
C FOLLOWING RIGHT PARENTHESIS). TEST IS TERMINATED
C AS FAILURE IF THE PARENTHESIS COUNT GOES NEGATIVE
C (MORE RIGHT THAN LEFT PARENTHESES ENCOUNTERED).
C ONLY THE SEPARATOR CHARACTERS + - * / = , CAN BE
C SEARCHED FOR AS FORTRAN OPERATORS. TYPE 3 SEARCH
C MUST BE USED TO TEST FOR PARENTHESES THEMSELVES.
C 11) STORE PRESENTLY COPIED SYMBOLS IN SYMBOL
C DICTIONARY. BLANKS ARE COMPRESSED OUT OF SYMBOLS
C EXCEPT WITHIN ALPHAMERIC STRINGS.
C 12) STORE IN SYMBOL DICTIONARY THE PRESENTLY COPIED
C SYMBOLS LESS THE LAST CHARACTER, AND PREVENT THE
C INDEXING OF THE EXCLUDED CHARACTER.
C 13) SAME AS OPERATION 10, EXCEPT THAT FOR A SUCCESS
C THE FIRST CHARACTER MUST APPEAR IN A SYMBOL
C WHICH IS NEITHER FORTRAN OPERATOR NOR ALPHAMERIC
C STRING BEFORE THE END OF THE EXPRESSION OR BEFORE
C THE SECOND CHARACTER APPEARS AS FORTRAN OPERATOR.
C 14) RETURN JSTN TO JIN AS THOUGH THERE HAD BEEN A
C FAILURE. USED WHEN A SEARCH HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL,
C BUT THE NEXT SEARCH IS TO LOOK AT ENTIRE UNCOPIED
C PORTION OF STATEMENT.
C 15) INDICATE THAT ALL COPIED CHARACTERS HAVE BEEN PUT
C INTO DICTIONARY WHETHER THEY HAVE OR NOT.
C 16) INSERT UNCOPIED CHARACTERS STARTING AT JIN TO THE
C FOLLOWING LEFT PARENTHESIS OR TO END OF LINE INTO
C TABLE OF CONTENTS WITH PROGRAM TYPE INDICATED BY
C NUMBER IN UNSUCCESSFUL FIELD (NOT NEEDED FOR A
C DESTINATION SINCE THIS OPERATION CANNOT FAIL).
C 17-24) TEST IF WORD APPEARS ANYWHERE WHILE THE COUNT
C OF PARENTHESES IS ZERO, BUT IN NEITHER ALPHAMERIC
C STRING NOR OPERATOR. IF SUCCESSFUL, JSTN IS LEFT
C POINTING TO NEXT CHARACTER. THOSE ITEMS ALLOWING
C A PREFIX CAN BE EMBEDDED IN OTHER NON-OPERATOR
C CHARACTERS.
C
C NUMPRS(IBR) STOP AT PREFIX ALLOWED
C 17 END OF LINE YES
C 18 1ST NON-PARENTHESIS OPERATOR YES
C 19 LEFT PARENTHESIS YES
C 20 1ST OPERATOR YES
C 21 END OF LINE NO
C 22 1ST NON-PARENTHESIS OPERATOR NO
C 23 LEFT PARENTHESIS NO
C 24 1ST OPERATOR NO
C
C 25) TEST IF CURRENT STATEMENT IS FIRST IN PROGRAM.
C VALUE OF JSTN IS NOT CHANGED EVEN FOR FAILURE.
C 26) INSERT CURRENT STATEMENT NUMBER STORED AS NUM
C INTO THE LIST OF DO LOOP TERMINATORS. SUBSEQUENT
C STATEMENTS WILL BE INDENTED AN EXTRA LEVEL.
C 27) ADD AN EXTRA LEVEL OF INDENTATION TO LEFT OF
C SUBSEQUENT STATEMENTS. INDENTATION INCREMENT IS
C THAT SPECIFIED BY USER TO RIGHT OF /A SWITCH.
C 28) REMOVE A LEVEL OF INDENTATION TO LEFT OF
C SUBSEQUENT STATEMENTS. IF NOTHING HAS BEEN
C COPIED IN CURRENT STATEMENT, THEN A LEVEL OF
C INDENTATION IS REMOVED FROM LEFT OF CURRENT
C STATEMENT ALSO. INDENTATION INCREMENT IS THAT
C SPECIFIED BY USER TO RIGHT OF /A SWITCH.
C 29) TEST IF NON-BLANK CHARACTERS STARTING AT JSTN
C MATCH WORD CONTAINED IN LTRPRS ARRAY. IF
C SUCCESS, JSTN IS LEFT POINTING TO CHARACTER TO
C RIGHT OF MATCHED WORD. THIS IS SIMILAR TO
C OPERATION 1 EXCEPT THAT NOTHING IS COPIED EVEN IF
C THE MATCH IS A SUCCESS, SO THAT JIN IS NOT
C ADVANCED. THIS TYPE OF TEST MUST BE USED IF
C INDENTATION ON CURRENT LINE IS TO BE REMOVED.
C 30) MOVE JSTN TO POINT TO NEXT CHARACTER JUST BEYOND
C THE EXPRESSION (AS INDICATED BY PARENTHESES
C COUNTING) WHICH STARTS AT JIN. JIN IS NOT
C CHANGED. THIS ALLOWS TESTING CHARACTERS BEYOND
C THE EXPRESSION WITHOUT NEEDING TO COPY IT.
C 31) TEST IF CHARACTER POINTED TO BY JSTN IS AT END
C OF STATEMENT. VALUE OF JSTN IS NOT ALTERED EXCEPT
C TO STEP IT ACROSS LEADING BLANKS. JSTN IS RESET
C TO JIN IN CASE OF A FAILURE.
C
C THE NAMES OF VARIABLES IN FORTRAN STATEMENTS ARE
C SEPARATED BY OPERATORS SUCH AS .AND., .EQV. AND .EQ.
C AMONG OTHERS. THE LTROPR, MCHOPR AND NOTOPR ARRAYS
C CONTROL THE RECOGNITION OF SUCH OPERATORS. A
C PARTICULAR NONBLANK CHARACTER WITHIN THE STATEMENT
C BEING PARSED IS FIRST TESTED AGAINST LTROPR(1). IF
C THE MATCH IS A SUCCESS, THEN THE NEXT NONBLANK
C CHARACTER IS TESTED AGAINST THE CHARACTER IN THE
C LTROPR ARRAY LOCATION HAVING AS ITS SUBSCRIPT THE
C VALUE IN THE MCHOPR ARRAY LOCATION HAVING THE SAME
C SUBSCRIPT AS THE CHARACTER WHICH WAS MATCHED IN THE
C LTROPR ARRAY. IF THE MATCH FAILS, THEN THE CURRENT
C NONBLANK CHARACTER IS TESTED AGAINST THE CHARACTER IN
C THE LTROPR ARRAY LOCATION HAVING AS ITS SUBSCRIPT THE
C VALUE IN THE NOTOPR ARRAY HAVING THE SAME SUBSCRIPT
C AS THE CHARACTER WHICH DID NOT MATCH IN THE LTROPR
C ARRAY. AN OPERATOR HAS BEEN LOCATED IF A ZERO IS
C FOUND IN THE MCHOPR ARRAY LOCATION WHERE A SUBSCRIPT
C IS EXPECTED. THE MATCH HAS FAILED FOR ALL POSSIBLE
C OPERATORS IF A ZERO IS FOUND IN THE NOTOPR ARRAY
C LOCATION WHERE A SUBSCRIPT IS EXPECTED.
C
C FOR EXAMPLE, IF THE STATEMENT BEING PARSED CONTAINS
C .EQ. IN WHICH THE E AND THE Q ARE IN UPPER CASE, AND
C IF THE LTROPR, MCHOPR AND NOTOPR ARRAYS CONTAIN THE
C FOLLOWING CHARACTERS AND VALUES,
C
C LTROPR( 1)=1H. MCHOPR( 1)= 2 NOTOPR( 1)=35
C LTROPR( 2)=1HA MCHOPR( 2)= 4 NOTOPR( 2)= 3
C LTROPR( 3)=1Ha MCHOPR( 3)= 4 NOTOPR( 3)= 8
C LTROPR( 8)=1HE MCHOPR( 8)=10 NOTOPR( 8)= 9
C LTROPR(10)=1HQ MCHOPR(10)=12 NOTOPR(10)=11
C LTROPR(12)=1HV MCHOPR(12)=34 NOTOPR(12)=13
C LTROPR(13)=1Hv MCHOPR(13)=34 NOTOPR(13)=34
C LTROPR(34)=1H. MCHOPR(34)= 0 NOTOPR(34)= 0
C
C THEN THE FOLLOWING TESTS WOULD BE PERFORMED.
C
C 1H. IN THE STATEMENT WOULD BE TESTED AGAINST 1H. IN
C LTROPR(1).
C
C THIS MATCH SUCCEEDS AND MCHOPR(1) CONTAINS 2, SO THE
C 1HE WHICH IS THE NEXT CHARACTER IN THE STATEMENT IS
C TESTED AGAINST THE UPPER CASE 1HA IN LTROPR(2).
C
C THIS MATCH FAILS AND NOTOPR(2) CONTAINS 3, SO THE 1HE
C IN THE STATEMENT IS TESTED AGAINT THE LOWER CASE 1Ha
C IN LTROPR(3).
C
C THIS MATCH ALSO FAILS AND NOTOPR(3) CONTAINS 8, SO
C THE 1HE IN THE STATEMENT IS TESTED AGAINST THE UPPER
C CASE 1HE IN LTROPR(8).
C
C THIS MATCH SUCCEEDS AND MCHOPR(8) CONTAINS 10, SO THE
C 1HQ WHICH IS THE NEXT CHARACTER IN THE STATEMENT IS
C TESTED AGAINST THE UPPER CASE 1HQ IN LTROPR(10).
C
C THIS MATCH SUCCEEDS AND MCHOPR(10) CONTAINS 12, SO
C THE 1H. WHICH IS THE NEXT CHARACTER IN THE STATEMENT
C IS TESTED AGAINST THE UPPER CASE 1HV IN LTROPR(12).
C
C THIS MATCH FAILS AND NOTOPR(12) CONTAINS 13, SO THE
C 1H. IS TESTED AGAINST THE LOWER CASE 1Hv IN
C LTROPR(13).
C
C THIS MATCH ALSO FAILS AND NOTOPR(13) CONTAINS 34, SO
C THE 1H. IS TESTED AGAINST THE 1H. IN LTROPR(34).
C
C THIS MATCH SUCCEEDS AND MCHOPR(34) CONTAINS A ZERO,
C SO AN ENTIRE OPERATOR HAS BEEN LOCATED.
C
C
C LOOKING FOR NEXT IF FOUND NEXT IF NOT FOUND
C
C 1. 2A 4N 6D . 2A 4N 6D38. 39( 8E 0 0
C . 8E10Q12V . 10Q12V38. 14G 0 38.
C . E Q .
C .14G E . 18E 16L
C . G T .
C .16L18E . 18E38. 20N30T
C . L T .
C .20N22E24Q26V . 22E24Q26V38. 32X28O38. 0
C . N E .
C . N28O30T . 30T38. 0 0
C .32X O R . 34O 34O
C .34O36R38. 36R38. 0 0 0 0
C 39( 0 40)
C 40) 0 41=
C 41= 0 42+
C 42+ 0 43-
C 43- 0 44*
C 44* 0 45/
C 45/ 0 46,
C 46, 0 47<
C 47< 0 48>
C 48> 0 49#
C 49# 0 50:
C 50: 0 51^
C 51^ 0 0
C
DATA LTROPR/'.','A','a','N','n','D','d','E','e','Q',
1 'q','V','v','G','g','L','l','E','e','N',
2 'n','E','e','Q','q','V','v','O','o','T',
3 't','X','x','O','o','R','r','.','(',')',
4 '=','+','-','*','/',',','<','>','#',':',
5 '^'/
DATA MCHOPR/ 2, 4, 4, 6, 6, 38, 38, 10, 10, 12,
1 12, 38, 38, 18, 18, 18, 18, 38, 38, 22,
2 22, 24, 24, 26, 26, 38, 38, 30, 30, 38,
3 38, 34, 34, 36, 36, 38, 38, 0, 0, 0,
4 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
5 0/
DATA NOTOPR/ 39, 3, 8, 5, 0, 7, 0, 9, 14, 11,
1 0, 13, 38, 15, 16, 17, 20, 19, 30, 21,
2 32, 23, 28, 25, 38, 27, 0, 29, 0, 31,
3 0, 33, 34, 35, 0, 37, 0, 0, 40, 41,
4 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,
5 0/
C
C THE SUBROUTINE STRUCTURE OF RENBR IS SHOWN IN THE
C DIAGRAM BELOW. IN THIS DIAGRAM, EACH ROUTINE CALLS
C THOSE ITEMS WHICH APPEAR IN THE NEXT COLUMN TO THE
C RIGHT EITHER ON THE CURRENT LINE OR ON THE SUBSEQUENT
C LINES WHICH CONTAIN A PERIOD IN THE CURRENT COLUMN.
C FOR EXAMPLE, THE MAIN PROGRAM CALLS RE1ST, RE2ND,
C RECHCK, REDONE, REOUT, REPLAC, RESET AND REUSER.
C RE1ST CALLS DASORT, RECMND AND RETEMP.
C
C MAIN RE1ST DASORT
C . . RECMND
C . . RETEMP
C . RE2ND RECMND
C . . RENUMB REINDX DASORT
C . . . . RETOP
C . . RETEMP
C . . RETITL
C . RECHCK REINDX DASORT
C . . . RETOP
C . . RETITL
C . REDONE RECLOS
C . . REINDX DASORT
C . . . RETOP
C . . RETITL
C . REOUT REINDX DASORT
C . . . RETOP
C . . RENUMB REINDX DASORT
C . . . . RETOP
C . . RETITL
C . . RETOP
C . REPLAC REINDX DASORT
C . . . RETOP
C . . RENEXT
C . . RENUMB REINDX DASORT
C . . . . RETOP
C . . RETITL
C . RESET RETEMP
C . REUSER
C
C THE FOLLOWING DIAGRAM PRESENTS THIS INFORMATION WITH
C THE MOST DEEPLY NESTED SUBROUTINES AT THE LEFT. IN
C THIS DIAGRAM, EACH ROUTINE IS CALLED BY THOSE ITEMS
C WHICH APPEAR IN THE NEXT COLUMN TO THE RIGHT EITHER
C ON THE CURRENT LINE OR ON THE SUBSEQUENT LINES WHICH
C CONTAIN A PERIOD IN THE CURRENT COLUMN. FOR EXAMPLE,
C DASORT IS CALLED BY RE1ST AND REINDX. REINDX IS
C CALLED BY RECHCK, REDONE, REPLAC, REOUT AND RENUMB.
C
C DASORT RE1ST MAIN
C . REINDX RECHCK MAIN
C . . REDONE MAIN
C . . REPLAC MAIN
C . . REOUT MAIN
C . . RENUMB RE2ND MAIN
C . . . REPLAC MAIN
C . . . REOUT MAIN
C RECLOS REDONE MAIN
C RECMND RE1ST MAIN
C . RE2ND MAIN
C RENEXT REPLAC MAIN
C RETITL RECHCK MAIN
C . RE2ND MAIN
C . REDONE MAIN
C . REPLAC MAIN
C . REOUT MAIN
C RETOP REOUT MAIN
C . REINDX RECHCK MAIN
C . . REDONE MAIN
C . . REPLAC MAIN
C . . REOUT MAIN
C . . RENUMB RE2ND MAIN
C . . . REPLAC MAIN
C . . . REOUT MAIN
C REUSER MAIN
C RETEMP RESET MAIN
C . RE1ST MAIN
C . RE2ND MAIN
C
C *****************************************************
C * *
C * GGGG L OOO SSSS SSSS A RRRR Y Y *
C * G L O O S S A A R R Y Y *
C * G L O O S S A A R R Y *
C * G L O O SSS SSS A A RRRR Y *
C * G GGG L O O S S AAAAA R R Y *
C * G G L O O S S A A R R Y *
C * GGGG LLLLL OOO SSSS SSSS A A R R Y *
C * *
C *****************************************************
C
C IALPHA = INDICATES WHETHER CHARACTERS PRECEDING NEXT
C FORTRAN OPERATOR IN LTRBIG ARRAY FOUND BY
C ROUTINE RENEXT ARE PART OF ALPHAMERIC
C STRING. IALPHA IS TESTED BY PORTIONS OF
C REPLAC ROUTINE WHICH MUST NOT FIND MATCH
C WITHIN ALPHAMERIC STRING.
C = 0, NO ALPHAMERIC STRING PRECEDES NEXT
C FORTRAN OPERATOR.
C = 1, ALPHAMERIC STRING (EITHER ENCLOSED IN
C APOSTROPHES OR FOLLOWING NUMBER AND
C CHARACTER H) PRECEDES NEXT FORTRAN OPERATOR.
C IBASE = LOWEST STATEMENT NUMBER TO BE GENERATED IN
C RENUMBERED OUTPUT FOR PROGRAMS AND ROUTINES
C WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN B OPTION ON CRENBR
C COMMAND LINES. IF IBASE=0, AND B SWITCH
C DOES NOT APPEAR ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE
C WITHIN ROUTINE, THEN LOWEST STATEMENT NUMBER
C IS TAKEN AS ABSOLUTE VALUE OF STATEMENT
C NUMBER INCREMENT.
C IBR = SUBSCRIPT IN NUMPRS ARRAY OF START OF 5
C WORDS DIRECTING TEST TO BE PERFORMED IN
C SNTAX SCAN. IBR IS USED ONLY IN REPLAC
C ROUTINE. AT END OF REPLAC ROUTINE, IF
C STATEMENT NUMBER IS FIRST IN PROGRAM BUT HAS
C NOT CONTAINED ROUTINE TYPE, THEN RETITL IS
C CALLED TO SPECIFY THAT ROUTINE IS MAIN
C PROGRAM AND IBR SERVES TO FORWARD TO RETITL
C LOCATION IN IWHERE ARRAY OF POINTER TO NAME
C "MAIN PROGRAM".
C IBREAK = TOTAL NUMBER OF TIMES DURING CURRENT
C EXECUTION OF RENBR THAT LISTING OF ANY
C ROUTINE OR PROGRAM WAS INTERRUPTED TO PRINT
C TABLE OF STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCES DUE TO
C NOLD AND NNEW ARRAYS FILLING.
C IEND = SUBSCRIPT WITHIN UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C BUFFER ARRAY OF CHARACTER STARTING NEXT
C CONTINUATION LINE OF STATEMENT. IT IS AT
C SUCH LINE BREAKS THAT EXTRA BLANKS ARE ADDED
C IF RENUMBERING HAS REDUCED NUMBER OF
C CHARACTERS IN PRECEDING LINES, OR THAT
C BLANKS AT END OF PRECEDING LINE ARE REMOVED
C IF RENUMBERING HAS INCREASED NUMBER OF
C CHARACTERS IN PRECEDING LINES. NUMBER OF
C BLANKS TO BE ADDED OR REMOVED IS STORED AS
C VARIABLE LIKE.
C IENTER = USED BY PARSER IN REPLAC ROUTINE TO SPECIFY
C WHETHER REST OF STATEMENT IS TO BE PLACED
C INTO INDEX WHEN COPYING THROUGH END OF
C STATEMENT PRIOR TO OUTPUT.
C = 0, DO NOT PLACE REST OF STATMENT IN INDEX
C = 1, PLACE REST OF STATEMENT IN INDEX
C IEOF = IF RENUMBERING AND IN SECOND PASS, IEOF IS 1
C PLUS NUMBER OF LINES YET TO BE READ FROM
C SCRATCH FILE.
C = IF NOT RENUMBERING AND IN SECOND PASS,
C IEOF=2 INDICATES THAT END STATEMENT HAS NOT
C YET BEEN READ FROM PRIMARY INPUT FILE. IF
C RE2ND RETURNS TO MAIN PROGRAM WITH IEOF=2
C WHILE NOT RENUMBERING, IT MEANS THAT ONLY
C END STATEMENT WAS READ IN CURRENT ROUTINE
C IMPLYING THAT RENBR IS TO TERMINATE
C EXECUTION. IEOF=2 IS NOT NORMAL RETURN FROM
C RE2ND.
C = 0, IF IN SECOND PASS, END OF ROUTINE HAS
C BEEN READ EITHER FROM SCRATCH FILE IF
C RENUMBERING OR FROM PRIMARY INPUT FILE IF
C NOT RENUMBERING.
C IERR = NUMBER OF ERRORS DETECTED DURING THIS ENTIRE
C EXECTUION OF RENBR.
C IFILL = 0, MEANS THAT DEVICE ON WHICH LISTING WILL
C BE PRINTED HAS HARDWARE FORM FEED ACTIVATED
C BY CHARACTER 1 IN COLUMN 1.
C = 1, MEANS THAT DEVICE ON WHICH LISTING WILL
C BE PRINTED DOES NOT HAVE HARDWARE FORM FEED
C SO TOP OF EACH PAGE MUST BE PRECEDED BY
C CAREFULLY COUNTED BLANK LINES AND BLANK
C CHARACTER MUST BE USED IN COLUMN 1.
C IFORM = IF IFILL IS NOT EQUAL TO ZERO INDICATING
C THAT OUTPUT DEVICE DOES NOT HAVE HARDWARE
C FORM FEED, IFORM IS TOTAL NUMBER OF LINES
C PER PAGE IN LISTING, INCLUDING BLANK LINES
C TO BE GENERATED AT PAGE BOUNDARIES. IGNORED
C IF IFILL IS EQUAL TO ZERO INDICATING THAT
C OUTPUT DEVICE HAS HARDWARE FORM FEED
C ACTIVATED BY CHARACTER 1 IN COLUMN 1. IFORM
C IS SET BY NUMBER FOLLOWING SLASH FOLLOWING L
C OPTION TYPED BY USER.
C IFREAR = 0, IF AND ONLY IF FORTRAN OPERATOR TO RIGHT
C OF ITEM TO BE PLACED INTO DICTIONARY
C CONSISTS OF SINGLE CHARACTER. THIS OPERATOR
C DOES NOT NEED TO BE TESTED TO SEE IF IT IS
C PARENTHESIS OR EQUAL SIGN IF IFREAR IS NOT
C EQUAL TO ZERO.
C IHIHDO = DIMENSION OF NOLD AND NEW ARRAYS. REGION
C FROM LOWDO+1 THROUGH IHIHDO IS USED TO STORE
C OPEN DO LOOP TERMINAL STATEMENT NUMBERS.
C IIN = UNIT NUMBER FROM WHICH ORIGINAL PROGRAM IS
C READ.
C ILEVEL = PARENTHESIS COUNT DURING ADDITION OF WORDS
C TO DICTIONARY. ILEVEL IS SET TO ZERO AT
C START OF PROCESSING OF EACH STATEMENT, THEN
C IS INCREASED BY 1 FOR EACH LEFT PARENTHESIS
C AND DECREASED BY 1 FOR EACH RIGHT
C PARENTHESIS ENCOUNTERED WHILE ENTERING ITEMS
C INTO DECTIONARY. ILEVEL IS USED WITH JLEVEL
C WHICH CONTAINS SUBSCRIPT OF NUMPNT ARRAY
C LOCATION AT WHICH CAN BE FOUND LAST LINE
C NUMBER STORED FOR THIS STATEMENT AT ZERO
C PARENTHESIS LEVEL AND WITH KLEVEL WHICH
C CONTAINS SUBSCRIPT OF NUMPNT ARRAY LOCATION
C AT WHICH CAN BE FOUND LAST LINE NUMBER
C STORED FOR THIS STATEMENT PROVIDING THAT
C PARENTHESIS COUNT HAS NOT CHANGED SINCE
C THEN. JLEVEL AND KLEVEL ARE USED TO
C IDENTIFY, AND THEN MARK WITH NEGATIVE LINE
C NUMBERS, VARIABLES WHICH ARE DEFINED BY
C EQUALS SIGN OPERATOR IN CURRENT STATEMENT.
C JLEVEL AND KLEVEL ARE ZEROED IF INDEX MUST
C BE WRITTEN IN MIDDLE OF PROCESSING OF
C STATEMENT, THOUGH, OF COURSE, ILEVEL IS NOT
C ZEROED BY SUCH GENERATION OF INDEX.
C ILPT = UNIT NUMBER ONTO WHICH LISTING IS WRITTEN.
C INCR = 0, NO RENUMBRING IS TO BE PERFORMED.
C = NOT EQUAL TO ZERO, ABSOLUTE VALUE OF INCR IS
C STATEMENT NUMBER INCREMENT IN RENUMBERED
C OUTPUT FOR PROGRAMS AND ROUTINES WHICH DO
C NOT CONTAIN I OPTION ON CRENBR LINES. IF
C INCREMENT (EITHER INCR OR VALUE SPECIFIED ON
C CRENBR COMMAND LINE BY I SWITCH) IS
C NEGATIVE, THEN SMALLEST STATEMENT NUMBER
C (IBASE OR VALUE SPECIFIED BY B SWITCH ON
C CRENBR COMMAND LINE OR ELSE ABSOLUTE VALUE
C OF INCREMENT IF BASE IS SPECIFIED NEITHER BY
C USER NOR BY CRENBR COMMAND LINE) IS PLACED
C AT END OF PROGRAM NEAREST FORTRAN END
C STATEMENT. IF INCREMENT IS POSITIVE, THEN
C SMALLEST STATEMENT NUMBER IS AT START OF
C PROGRAM.
C INCSAV = TEMPORARY STORAGE OF STATEMENT NUMBER
C INCREMENT (OTHERWISE KEPT IN INCR) WHEN
C COMMENT SECTION INDICATED BY RENBRSTART OR
C BY RENBRTITLE COMMAND IS ENCOUNTERED WHILE
C RENUMBERING. INCR IS SET TO ZERO TO SWITCH
C TO SINGLE PASS OPERATION FOR REST OF
C PROCESSING OF COMMENT SECTION.
C INDENT = NUMBER OF EXTRA BLANKS TO BE INSERTED TO
C LEFT OF EACH LEVEL OF STATEMENTS WITHIN
C RANGE OF DO LOOPS. ACTUAL INDENTATION,
C MULTIPLE OF INDENT, IS STORED AS MOVE. IF
C INDENT IS ZERO, NO INDENTATION IS PERFORMED
C IN RANGE OF DO LOOPS. VALUE OF INDENT WHICH
C IS SET BY USER IS STORED AS INDSAV. INDENT
C CAN THEN BE CHANGED BY CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C INDSAV = VALUE OF BLOCK INDENTATION SPECIFIED BY THE
C USER. INDENT IS RESET TO INDSAV AT START OF
C EACH NEW ROUTINE, BUT MAY BE CHANGED BY A
C CRENBR COMMAND LINE WITHIN THAT ROUTINE.
C ININAM = LOCATION AT WHICH ROUTINE NAME FIELD STARTS
C IN LTRTOP ARRAY WHICH IS USED TO STORE TOP 2
C LINES OF EACH PAGE OF LISTING.
C INIOPR = RETURNED BY ROUTINE RENEXT (WHICH LOCATES
C NEXT FORTRAN OPERATOR WITHIN PORTION OF
C STATEMENT) CONTAINING SUBSCRIPT WITHIN
C LTRBIG ARRAY OF FIRST LETTER OF NEXT
C OPERATOR, OR CONTAINING NEXT SUBSCRIPT
C BEYOND END OF PORTION TO BE SEARCHED IF
C OPERATOR IS NOT FOUND. RENEXT SEARCHES
C LTRBIG ARRAY FROM SUBSCRIPT JSTN THROUGH
C CHARACTER PRECEDING JEND.
C INIPRT = LOCATION IN LTRBIG ARRAY OF LEFTMOST
C PRINTING CHARACTER AFTER INITIAL INDENTATION
C IF ANY. USED WHEN INDENTATION IS REMOVED
C FROM START OF CURRENT LINE.
C INITOC = MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS WHICH
C CAN BE STORED FOR TABLE OF CONTENTS. IF
C THIS WOULD GIVE PARTIAL FINAL PAGE, THEN
C EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF DESCRIPTIONS STORED AS
C MAXTOC IS REDUCED TO EXCLUDE PARTIAL PAGE.
C INRCPY = LOCATION IN INRSTR ARRAY CONTAINING LOCATION
C IN UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG ARRAY OF FINAL
C EXCLAMATION POINT WITHIN PORTION OF
C STATEMENT ALREADY COPIED INTO LOWER SECTION.
C INRFND = 1 PLUS NUMBER OF EXCLAMATION POINTS
C ENCOUNTERED IN STATEMENT. INITIAL
C EXCLAMATION POINT IS SIMULATED BELOW
C STATEMENT IN ADDITION TO THOSE FOUND.
C INRSTR = ARRAY STORING IN LOCATIONS HAVING SUBSCRIPTS
C 2 THROUGH INRFND LOCATIONS IN UPPER SECTION
C OF LTRBIG ARRAY CONTAINING EXCLAM- ATION
C POINTS. INRSTR(1) CONTAINS SIMULATED
C EXCLAMATION POINT BELOW STATEMENT SO IT IS
C NOT NECESSARY TO CHECK IF ANY EXCLAMATION
C POINT HAS BEEN FOUND BEFORE TESTING IF NEW
C EXCLAMATION POINT HAS BEEN ALREADY STORED.
C INRSTR MUST BE DIMENSIONED TO 2 MORE THAN
C NUMBER OF CONTINUATION LINES ALLOWED.
C IOUT = UNIT NUMBER ONTO WHICH RENUMBERED VERSION OF
C PROGRAM IS WRITTEN.
C IPAGE = 0, NO LISTING IS TO BE GENERATED.
C = GREATER THAN ZERO, IPAGE IS PAGE NUMBER OF
C NEXT PAGE TO BE WRITTEN IN LISTING.
C IPASS = 0, IN FIRST PASS WHEN RENUMBERING. THIS
C PASS FINDS STATEMENT NUMBERS TO CONSTRUCT
C LOOK-UP TABLE OF NEW NUMBERS SORTED ON OLD.
C ZERO VERSUS NON-ZERO IPASS IS USED BY CRENBR
C COMMAND SCANNER TO DETERMINE ACTIVE COMMANDS
C = .NE.0, IN SECOND PASS WHEN RENUMBERING OR IN
C ONLY PASS IF NOT RENUMBERING.
C = -1, STATEMENT NUMBERS LOOKED UP BY RENUMB
C ARE NOT TO BE PLACED INTO INDEX
C = 1, STATEMENT NUMBERS LOOKED UP BY RENUMB ARE
C TO BE PLACED INTO INDEX WITH POSITIVE LINE
C NUMBERS
C = 2, STATEMENT NUMBERS LOOKED UP BY RENUMB ARE
C TO BE PLACED INTO INDEX WITH NEGATIVE LINE
C NUMBERS
C IPOINT = LOCAL VARIABLE WHICH, LIKE I THROUGH N AND
C JPOINT, HAS NO SPECIAL MEANING.
C ISPACE = ABSOLUTE VALUE IS NUMBER OF BLANK LINES TO
C BE GENERATED IN LISTING BETWEEN FORTRAN
C STATEMENTS. ISPACE IS POSITIVE AFTER
C FORTRAN STATEMENT HAS BEEN LISTED. ISPACE
C IS NEGATIVE AFTER COMMENT LINE HAS BEEN
C LISTED. SIGN DOES NOT MATTER AT START OF
C LISTING SINCE NO EXTRA BLANKS ARE EVER ADDED
C AT TOP OF PAGE. EXTRA BLANK LINES ARE ADDED
C TO LISTING PRECEDING EACH FORTRAN STATEMENT
C WHICH DOES NOT START AT TOP OF PAGE. IF
C ISPACE IS POSITIVE AND COMMENT LINE IS TO BE
C LISTED AT LOCATION OTHER THAN TOP OF PAGE,
C THEN NUMBER OF BLANK LINES INDICATED BY
C ISPACE IS WRITTEN BEFORE COMMENT LINE IS
C ITSELF WRITTEN, AND THEN ISPACE IS MADE
C NEGATIVE.
C ISPLIT = 0, LONG FORTRAN STATEMENTS ARE NOT TO BE
C SPLIT IN LISTING EVEN IF THEY EXTEND BEYOND
C RIGHT BORDER OF PAGES.
C = NOT EQUAL TO 0, ABSOLUTE VALUE OF ISPLIT IS
C ONE GREATER THAN NUMBER OF CHARACTERS WHICH
C CAN BE PRINTED IN COMMENT LINES BEYOND
C NORMAL RIGHT HAND BORDERS. IN EFFECT,
C ISPLIT=14 IS EQUAL TO ISPLIT=0 FOR FORTRAN
C STATEMENTS. IF NEGATIVE, THEN ROUTINE REOUT
C HAS JUST PRINTED FIRST PART OF STATEMENT AND
C IS GENERATING TOP OF NEXT PAGE IF NECESSARY.
C JSPLIT, CORRESPONDING VALUE FOR COMMENT
C LINES, IS SET EQUAL TO ISPLIT INITIALLY, BUT
C IS GIVEN VALUE 65 IF SPLIT=0 SINCE COMMENT
C LINES CAN EXPAND DUE TO CONVERSION OF TABS
C TO BLANKS AND SINCE FORMAT STATEMENTS ONLY
C PROVIDE FOR THIS NUMBER OF CHARACTERS TO
C RIGHT OF BORDER OF PAGE. IF USER SPECIFIES
C SPLIT AFTER 69 OR MORE CHARACTERS, THEN THIS
C NUMBER IS ASSUMED TO INSTEAD BE TERMINAL
C PAGE WIDTH, AND SO IS REDUCED BY 69.
C ISPR = UNIT ONTO WHICH SCRATCH FILE IS TO BE
C WRITTEN IF RENUMBERING IS PERFORMED.
C ISTART = LOCATION WITHIN SMALL INPUT BUFFER OF FIRST
C NONBLANK CHARACTER OF STATEMENT TEXT IN
C CURRENTLY READ LINE.
C ISTN = POINTS TO CHARACTER FOLLOWING STATEMENT
C NUMBER IN UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG BUFFER
C ARRAY FOUND DURING SYNTAX ANALYSIS. POINTER
C STRUCTURE IS DESCRIBED IN COMMENT LINES IN
C BLOCK DATA ROUTINE WHICH DESCRIBE NUMPRS
C AND LTRPRS ARRAYS.
C ITAB = -1, RENUMBERED OUTPUT IS TO BE PRODUCED IN
C COLUMN (CARD) FORMAT WITH STATEMENT NUMBER
C STARTING IN COLUMN 1. TEXT OF EACH
C STATEMENT WILL START IN COLUMN 6.
C = 0, RENUMBERED OUTPUT IS TO BE PRODUCED IN
C COLUMN (CARD) FORMAT WITH STATEMENT NUMBER
C ENDING IN COLUMN 5. TEXT OF EACH STATEMENT
C WILL START IN COLUMN 6.
C = 1, RENUMBERED OUTPUT IS TO BE PRODUCED IN
C TAB FORMAT SUCH THAT TAB CHARACTER SEPARATES
C STATEMENT NUMBER FROM STATEMENT TEXT.
C ITBL = NUMBER OF COPIES OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TO BE
C PRINTED. ITBL CANNOT BE LESS THAN 1 IF
C RENUMBERING IS BEING PERFORMED, BUT IS
C IGNORED IF RENUMBERING IS NOT BEING
C PERFORMED.
C ITITLE = 0, PROGRAM NAME AND TYPE HAS NOT BEEN
C ESTABLISHED.
C = .LT.0, AT LEAST ROUTINE TYPE (MAIN PROGRAM,
C SUBROUTINE, FUNCTION ETC.) HAS BEEN
C ESTABLISHED AND HAS BEEN REPRESENTED WITHIN
C LTRTOP ARRAY WHICH HOLDS TITLE AND SUBTITLE.
C ABSOLUTE VALUE OF ITITLE IS SUBSCRIPT WITHIN
C LTRTOP ARRAY OF RIGHTMOST CHARACTER OF
C ROUTINE NAME, OR IF NO ROUTINE NAME HAS BEEN
C ESTABLISHED, BUT ROUTINE TYPE HAS BEEN
C PLACED INTO LTRTOP ARRAY, OF RIGHTMOST
C SUBSCRIPT INTO WHICH NAME WOULD BE PLACED IF
C LATER ESTABLISHED BY CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C = .GT.0, ITITLE IS NUMBER OF CHARACTERS (UP TO
C MAXIMUM OF 6) WITHIN NAME ESTABLISHED BY
C CRENBR COMMAND LINE AND STORED WITHIN LTRUSE
C ARRAY, BUT NOT YET TRANSFERRED TO LTRTOP
C ARRAY. THIS SITUATION ARISES DURING FIRST
C PASS WHEN CRENBR COMMAND LINE IS FOUND
C CONTAINING TITLE SINCE ROUTINE TYPE AND NAME
C ARE ONLY PLACED INTO LTRUSE ARRAY WHEN FIRST
C NONCOMMENT STATEMENT IS FOUND IN SECOND
C PASS.
C ITRACE = 0, DO NOT TYPE STORAGE SUMMARY UNLESS TABLE
C WAS DUMPED IN MIDDLE OF ROUTINE LISTING.
C = 1, ALWAYS TYPE STORAGE SUMMARY. THIS IS SET
C BY /Z SWITCH ISSUED BY USER.
C ITTY = UNIT NUMBER ONTO WHICH QUESTIONS REQUIRING
C ANSWERING BY USER, AND ERROR MESSAGES ARE
C WRITTEN. ANSWERS TYPED IN RESPONSE BY USER
C ARE READ FROM UNIT JTTY.
C JBGN = POINTER INTO LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG BUFFER
C ARRAY TO FIRST CHARACTER WHICH CAN BE
C SCANNED FOR INCLUSION OF WORDS IN INDEX.
C JBGN IS ADVANCED TO JOUT IF ALL PRESENTLY
C COPIED WORDS HAVE BEEN PLACED INTO INDEX.
C JBREAK = TOTAL NUMBER OF TIMES DURING CURRENT
C EXECUTION OF RENBR THAT LISTING OF ANY
C ROUTINE OR PROGRAM WAS INTERRUPTED TO PRINT
C INDEX DUE TO NUMPNT ARRAY FILLING.
C JEND = POINTER INTO UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG BUFFER
C ARRAY TO FIRST CHARACTER BEYOND STATEMENT
C (INCLUDING ALL CONTINUATION LINES IF ANY)
C STORED INTO UPPER SECTION. JIN IS ADVANCED
C UNTIL IT REACHES JEND. JEND ORIGINALLY
C EQUALS MAXEND WHICH POINTS TO CHARACTER
C RIGHT OF FINAL PRINTING CHARACTER IN BUFFER.
C IF SEMICOLON IS FOUND WHILE SEARCHING FOR
C FORTRAN OPERATORS DURING PARSING, THEN JEND
C IS RETURNED POINTING TO SEMICOLON AND TEXT
C RIGHT OF SEMICOLON IS TREATED AS SEPARATE
C STATEMENT.
C JEOF = 0, REAL END-OF-FILE WAS READ FROM FROM
C PRIMARY INPUT EITHER IN RE1ST ROUTINE IF
C RENUMBERING, OR IN RE2ND ROUTINE IF NOT
C RENUMBERING. IF RENUMBERING THEN BOTH IEOF
C AND JEOF ARE NECESSARY SINCE IF THERE IS NO
C END STATEMENT AT END OF ROUTINE OR PROGRAM,
C THEN WHAT HAS BEEN READ IN MUST BE PROCESSED
C BEFORE END-OF-FILE CONDITION CAN BE USED TO
C INDICATE TERMINATION OF EXECUTION. IF NOT
C RENUMBERING, THEN JEOF MUST BE SET ANYWAY
C SINCE RENBR MIGHT BE READING COMMENT SECTION
C IN SINGLE PASS SO THAT RE1ST ROUTINE WOULD
C REVERT TO RENUMBERING MODE UPON RETURN FROM
C RE2ND ROUTINE.
C = 1, END-OF-FILE HAS NOT BEEN READ.
C JFORM = NUMBER OF LINES ON WHCIH PRINTING CAN APPEAR
C ON PAGE IN LISTING. SET BY NUMBER FOLLOWING
C EITHER F OR L OPTIONS TYPED BY USER.
C JIN = POINTS TO FIRST CHARACTER IN UPPER SECTION
C OF LTRBIG BUFFER ARRAY WHICH HAS NOT YET
C BEEN COPIED INTO LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C ARRAY.
C JIN1 = WHEN HUNTING FOR STATEMENT NUMBER IN FORTRAN
C STATEMENT TEXT, JIN1 POINTS TO RIGHTHAND
C DIGIT OF STATEMENT NUMBER AND IS USED TO
C RESET POINTER JSTN IF BLANKS OR TABS (WHICH
C CAN SEPARATE DIGITS OF NUMBER) FOLLOW
C NUMBER.
C JLEVEL = POINTER TO LAST NUMPNT ARRAY LOCATION AT
C WHICH LINE NUMBER WAS STORED WHILE AT ZERO
C PARENTHESIS LEVEL. SEE DEFINITION OF
C ILEVEL.
C = 0, NO LINE NUMBER WAS STORED IN NUMPNT ARRAY
C AT ZERO PARENTHESIS COUNT FOR PRESENT
C STATEMENT.
C JMPBGN = NUMBER OF BLANK LINES TO GENERATE AT TOP OF
C 1ST, 3RD, 5TH ETC. PAGES, AND AT BOTTOM OF
C 2ND, 4TH, 6TH ETC. PAGES. CONTENTS OF
C JMPBGN AND JMPEND ARE INTERCHANGED AT START
C OF EACH PAGE.
C JMPEND = NUMBER OF BLANK LINES TO GENERATE AT TOP OF
C 2ND, 4TH, 6TH ETC. PAGES, AND AT BOTTOM OF
C 1ST, 3RD, 5TH ETC. PAGES. CONTENTS OF
C JMPBGN AND JMPEND ARE INTERCHANGED AT START
C OF EACH PAGE.
C JOBNUM = NUMBER WHICH IS USED BY RETEMP IN
C CONSTRUCTION OF NAME OF SCRATCH FILE WHEN
C RETEMP IS CALLED WITH ITS FIRST ARGUMENT
C GREATER THAN 0. JOBNUM IS DEFINED BY RETEMP
C WHEN RETEMP IS CALLED WITH ITS FIRST
C ARGUMENT SET TO 0. JOBNUM SHOULD ITSELF BE
C BASED UPON SOME UNIQUE CHARACTERISTIC OF
C CURRENT JOB. JOB NUMBER WOULD BE BEST, BUT
C DEC PDP10 VERSION USES TIME OF DAY WHEN JOB
C WAS STARTED SINCE DEC PDP10 FORTRAN LIBRARY
C DOES NOT INCLUDE ROUTINE WHICH RETURNS JOB
C NUMBER.
C JOUT = POINTS TO FIRST CHARACTER IN LOWER SECTION
C OF LTRBIG BUFFER ARRAY INTO WHICH NOTHING
C HAS YET BEEN COPIED FROM UPPER SECTION.
C JOUT IS TESTED AGAINST JIN TO PREVENT
C OVERLAP WITH CHARACTER ABOUT TO BE COPIED.
C JPASS = 0, RETURNED BY REUSER IF NO MORE INPUT FILES
C ARE TO BE READ.
C = 1, RETURNED BY REUSER IF ANOTHER INPUT FILE
C IS TO BE READ.
C JPNT = ARRAY CONTAINING SUBSCRIPTS IN NUMPNT ARRAY
C (WHICH STORES WORDS AND REFERENCES TO BE
C PLACED INTO INDEX) OF ALPHABETICALLY FIRST
C (A BEFORE B BEFORE C ETC.) WORD FORMED OF
C NUMBER OF CHARACTERS EQUAL TO SUBSCRIPT OF
C JPNT ARRAY. ALL WORDS OF OVER 10 CHARACTERS
C ARE STORED IN LIST POINTED TO BY JPNT(10)
C AND ONLY FIRST 19 CHARACTERS OF WORD ARE
C STORED IN INDEX. IF ITEM IN JPNT ARRAY IS
C ZERO, NO WORDS OF CORRESPONDING LENGTH ARE
C IN INDEX STORAGE.
C JPOINT = LOCAL VARIABLE WHICH, LIKE I THROUGH N AND
C IPOINT, HAS NO SPECIAL MEANING.
C JSPLIT = ABSOLUTE VALUE OF JSPLIT IS ONE GREATER THAN
C NUMBER OF CHARACTERS WHICH CAN BE PRINTED IN
C COMMENT LINES BEYOND NORMAL RIGHT HAND
C BORDERS. IF NEGATIVE, THEN REOUT HAS JUST
C PRINTED FIRST PART OF COMMENT LINE WHICH
C MUST BE SPLIT IN LISTING, AND IS GENERATING
C TOP OF NEXT PAGE IF NECESSARY. SINCE TABS
C IN COMMENT LINES CAN EXPAND COMMENT LINE FAR
C BEYOND NUMBER OF CHARACTERS PRINTABLE IN
C FORMAT STATEMENTS IN REOUT, SUCH COMMENT
C LINES CAN NEVER BE TREATED AS THOUGH THEY
C ARE TO BE KEPT INTACT, BUT RATHER MUST BE
C SPLIT IF THEY EXPAND BEYOND 119 CHARACTERS.
C HOWEVER, NO TAB TO BLANK CONVERSION IS DONE
C INSIDE TEXT OF FORTRAN STATEMENTS SO
C ISPLIT=0 (ISPLIT IS CORRESPONDING ITEM FOR
C FORTRAN STATEMENTS) IS TAKEN TO MEAN THAT
C LONG FORTRAN STATEMENTS ARE NOT TO BE SPLIT
C IN LISTING.
C JSTN = POINTS TO FIRST CHARACTER FOLLOWING
C SUCCESSFUL SEARCH IN UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C BUFFER ARRAY DURING SYNTAX ANALYSIS.
C POINTER STRUCTURE IS DESCRIBED IN COMMENT
C LINES IN RENBR BLOCK DATA ROUTINE WHICH
C DESCRIBE NUMPRS AND LTRPRS ARRAYS.
C JTAB = TAB STOP INTERVAL FOR USE IN CONVERSION OF
C TAB CHARACTERS TO BLANKS IN COMMENT LINES.
C SET BY W OPTION TYPED BY USER. TABS IN
C COMMENT LINES ARE ALWAYS CONVERTED TO BLANKS
C IN LISTING, BUT ARE ONLY CONVERTED TO BLANKS
C IN RENUMBERED OUTPUT IF LTAB IS NONZERO.
C JTBL = DO LOOP INDEX USED BY RETITL WHEN GENERATING
C MULTIPLE TABLES OF CONTENTS.
C JTTY = UNIT NUMBER FROM WHICH USERS SELECTION OF
C OPTIONS AND OTHER ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS ARE
C READ. QUESTIONS THEMSELVES ARE WRITTEN ONTO
C UNIT ITTY.
C KBGN = LEFT POINTING IN LTRBIG ARRAY BY REINDX
C ROUTINE TO FIRST CHARACTER OF OPERATOR TO
C RIGHT OF ITEM WHICH IS TO BE PLACED INTO
C INDEX.
C KEND = USED BY ROUTINES CALLED BY REPLAC ROUTINE TO
C STORE LTRBIG ARRAY SUBSCRIPT CORRESPONDING
C TO START OF NEXT CONTINUATION LINE WHEN
C SCANNING THROUGH LINE. KEND IS ADVANCED 66
C CHARACTERS EACH TIME EXCLAMATION POINT IS
C FOUND. REPLAC ROUTINE USES NXTEND
C SIMILARLY.
C KLEVEL = POINTER TO LAST NUMPNT ARRAY LOCATION AT
C WHICH LINE NUMBER WAS STORED IF PARENTHESIS
C COUNT HAS NOT CHANGED SINCE THEN. SEE
C DEFINITION OF ILEVEL.
C = 0, PARENTHESIS COUNT HAS CHANGED SINCE LINE
C NUMBER WAS STORED IN NUMPNT ARRAY.
C KMDMAX = 0 WHEN KMDMIN=0, NORMAL RENUMBERING.
C = .GT.0 OR KMDMIN.GT.0, KMDMIN AND KMDMAX ARE
C LOWER AND UPPER LIMITS OF RANGE OF STATEMENT
C NUMBERS TO BE PRESERVED IN ALL FILES BEING
C RENUMBERED.
C KMDMIN = -1, OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE TO BE
C MAINTAINED.
C = 0 WHEN KMDMAX=0, NORMAL RENUMBERING.
C = .GT.0 OR KMDMAX.GT.0, KMDMIN AND KMDMAX ARE
C LOWER AND UPPER LIMITS OF RANGE OF STATEMENT
C NUMBERS TO BE PRESERVED IN ALL FILES BEING
C RENUMBERED.
C KNDGRP = IDENTIFIES WHETHER PERFORMING OUTPUT OF
C GROUP OF STATEMENTS OR OF COMMENTS.
C = -1, OUTPUT COMMENTS
C = 0, NOTHING YET OUTPUT IN PROGRAM
C = 1, OUTPUT STATEMENTS
C KNT = NUMBER OF LINES ALREADY PRINTED ON CURRENT
C PAGE.
C KNTONE = NUMBER OF GROUPS OF STATEMENTS OUTPUT.
C KNTPNT = NUMBER OF LOCATIONS CURRENTLY IN USE IN
C NUMPNT ARRAY TO CONTAIN LIST OF LINES
C CONTAINING PARTICULAR WORDS.
C KNTSPL = TOTAL NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN WORDS
C CURRENTLY BEING STORED IN LTRSPL ARRAY FOR
C USE IN CONSTRUCTING INDEX.
C KNTTOC = NUMBER OF ROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS CURRENTLY
C STORED FOR TABLE OF CONTENTS.
C KNTTWO = NUMBER OF GROUPS OF COMMENTS OUTPUT.
C KOMENT = 0, INPUT BEING READ IS NORMAL FORTRAN.
C = 1, INPUT BEING READ IS COMMENT SECTION.
C = -1, INPUT BUFFER CONTAINS EITHER CRENBR OR
C ELSE RENBRSTART COMMAND LINE TO BE INCLUDED
C WITH NEXT TEXT READ FROM INPUT FILE.
C KOMKNT = TOTAL NUMBER OF FORTRAN COMMENT LINES READ
C DURING CURRENT EXECUTION OF RENBR.
C KOMNUM = 0, NO SCAN FOR STATEMENT NUMBERS IN COMMENTS
C = 1, SCAN FOR STATEMENT NUMBERS IN COMMENTS
C KONTRL = USED BY HIGHER LEVEL ROUTINES TO SELECT
C OPTIONS FROM ROUTINES REINDX, RETITL AND
C RECMDN. OBVIOUSLY, NONE OF LATTER ROUTINES
C CAN CALL EACH OTHER. MEANINGS OF KONTRL FOR
C EACH OF THESE ROUTINES IS DESCRIBED AT START
C OF ROUTINE.
C KOUNT = IF IN SECOND PASS AND READING FORTRAN
C ROUTINE, KOUNT IS LINE NUMBER OF STATEMENT
C HELD IN UPPER AND LOWER SECTIONS OF LTRBIG
C BUFFER ARRAY.
C = IF IN SECOND PASS AND READING NONFORTRAN
C COMMENT SECTION, KOUNT IS LINE NUMBER OF
C LINE ABOUT TO BE OUTPUT.
C KPAGE = STORES PAGE NUMBER OF FIRST PAGE OF THE
C LISTING. THIS IS COMPARED WITH FINAL PAGE
C NUMBER AT END OF LISTING TO CALCULATE TOTAL
C NUMBER OF PAGES IN LISTING. KPAGE IS
C REDUCED BY 1 FOR EVERY PAGE OF TABLE OF
C CONTENTS (WHICH CAN BE PRODUCED IN MIDDLE OF
C LISTING IF TABLE OF CONTENTS STORAGE FILLS,
C AS FOR EXAMPLE AFTER FINDING MANY ENTRY
C STATEMENTS) SINCE TABLE OF CONTENTS IS NOT
C ITSELF PAGE NUMBERED.
C KPASS = VALUE TO BE ASSIGNED TO IPASS WHEN RENUMB
C ROUTINE IS CALLED TO FIND NEW STATEMENT
C NUMBER CORRESPONDING TO OLD AND TO STORE
C REFERENCE FOR LISTING.
C = -1, RENUMBERING IS BEING PERFORMED. IF
C LISTING IS BEING CREATED, THEN IT WILL NOT
C INCLUDE IN CROSS REFERENCE TABLE ANY LINE
C NUMBERS HAVING NUMBERS AS THEIR STATEMENT
C NUMBERS.
C = 2, EITHER RENUMBERING IS NOT BEING PERFORMED
C OR ELSE OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE BEING
C RETAINED AS WHEN THERE ARE TOO MANY
C STATEMENT NUMBERS TO BE CONTAINED IN NOLD
C AND NNEW ARRAYS OR WHEN /M SWITCH IS ISSUED
C BY USER WITHOUT ANY FOLLOWING ARGUMENTS. IF
C LISTING IS BEING CREATED, THEN IT WILL
C INCLUDE IN CROSS REFERENCE TABLE AND
C INDICATED BY MINUS SIGNS ALL LINE NUMBERS
C HAVING NUMBERS AS THEIR STATEMENT NUMBERS.
C KPOINT = LOCAL VARIABLE HAVING NO SPECIAL
C SIGNIFICANCE
C KPYEND = SUBSCRIPT WITHIN LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C ARRAY OF CHARACTER STARTING NEXT
C CONTINUATION LINE OF COPIED STATEMENT. IT
C IS TO SUCH LINE BREAKS THAT SCANNING FOR
C ENDS OF WORDS TO BE PLACED INTO DICTIONARY
C ADVANCES IF EXCLAMATION POINT IS FOUND.
C KSTN = POINTS TO FIRST DIGIT OF STATEMENT NUMBER IN
C UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG BUFFER ARRAY FOUND
C DURING SYNTAX ANALYSIS. POINTER STRUCTURE
C IS DESCRIBED IN COMMENT LINES IN RENBR BLOCK
C DATA ROUTINE WHICH DESCRIBE NUMPRS AND
C LTRPRS ARRAYS.
C KTAB = MAXIMUM VALUE OF SUBSCRIPT OF UPPER END OF
C BUFFER AREA IN LTRBIG ARRAY USED TO STORE
C COMMENTS AFTER TAB CONVERSION TO BLANKS.
C ACTUALLY KTAB EQUALS SIZE OF LTRBIG ARRAY.
C KUTNUM = MINIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS WHICH MUST BE
C UNUSED IN NOLD AND NNEW ARRAYS WHEN TOP OF
C NEW PAGE IS PRINTED IN LISTING. IF LESS
C LOCATIONS ARE AVAILABLE, THEN THE LISTING OF
C THE STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCES IS PRINTED
C BEFORE THE LISTING IS CONTINUED.
C KUTPAG = TOTAL NUMBER OF LINES WHICH CAN BE PRINTED
C ON CURRENT PAGE. KNT (THE NUMBER OF LINES
C ACTUALLY PRINTED) IS COMPARED AGAINST KUTPAG
C TO DETERMINE WHETHER TOP OF PAGE MUST BE
C ISSUED. KUTPAG IS SET TO ZERO WHENEVER ONE
C PART OF PROGRAM WISHES TO FORCE FOLLOWING
C PRINTING TO BEGIN NEW PAGE. KUTPAG IS
C ALWAYS RESET TO JFORM WHENEVER NEW PAGE IS
C STARTED.
C KUTPNT = MINIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS WHICH MUST BE
C UNUSED IN NUMPNT ARRAY WHEN TOP OF NEW PAGE
C IS PRINTED IN LISTING. IF LESS LOCATIONS
C ARE AVAILABLE, THEN CURRENT CONTENTS OF
C INDEX ARE GENERATED BEFORE LISTING IS
C CONTINUED.
C KUTSPL = MINIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS WHICH MUST BE
C UNUSED IN LTRSPL ARRAY WHEN TOP OF NEW PAGE
C IS PRINTED IN LISTING. IF LESS LOCATIONS
C ARE AVAILABLE, THEN CURRENT CONTENTS OF
C INDEX ARE GENERATED BEFORE LISTING IS
C CONTINUED.
C LCLNUM = NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN EITHER NOLD OR NNEW
C ARRAYS USED DURING PROCESSING OF CURRENT
C ROUTINE TO STORE STATEMENT NUMBERS.
C LCLPNT = NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN NUMPNT ARRAY USED
C DURING PROCESSING OF CURRENT ROUTINE TO
C STORE NUMERIC INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN
C INDEX. IF INDEX IS PRINTED IN MIDDLE OF
C LISTING OF ROUTINE, THEN SOME OF NUMERIC
C INFORMATION CONCERNING WORDS WHICH APPEAR IN
C BOTH SECTIONS WILL BE COUNTED MORE THAN
C ONCE.
C LCLSPL = NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN LTRSPL ARRAY USED
C DURING PROCESSING OF CURRENT ROUTINE TO
C STORE CHARACTERS TO BE INCLUDED IN INDEX.
C IF INDEX IS PRINTED IN MIDDLE OF LISTING OF
C ROUTINE, THEN CHARACTERS OF WORDS WHICH
C APPEAR IN BOTH SECTIONS WILL BE INCLUDED
C MORE THAN ONCE.
C LEFT = LOCATION WITHIN LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C ARRAY AT WHICH STARTS LINE NUMBER FIELD
C ASSOCIATED WITH FORTRAN STATEMENT. LINE
C NUMBER FIELD EXTENDS THROUGH LOW1 AND IS 4
C CHARACTERS WIDE. NOTE THAT WITHIN COMMENT
C SECTION, LINE NUMBER FIELD BEGINS AT MTAB-3
C AND EXTENDS THROUGH MTAB.
C LEND = USED BY REINDX ROUTINE TO STORE LOCATION IN
C LTRBIG ARRAY OF START OF NUMBER AS IT IS
C BEING SEARCHED FOR FOLLOWING H.
C = USED BY RENEXT ROUTINE TO STORE START OF
C NEXT LINE AS ARE LOOKING FOR END OF MULTIPLE
C CHARACTER OPERATOR WHICH COULD CONTAIN
C COMMENTS MARKED BY EXCLAMATION POINTS.
C LIKE = NUMBER OF BLANKS WHICH SHOULD BE ADDED TO OR
C REMOVED FROM END OF CURRENT LINE OF
C MULTILINE STATEMENT WHEN COPIED FROM UPPER
C TO LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG ARRAY. IEND
C MARKS START OF NEXT CONTINUATION LINE IN
C UPPER SECTION, AND WHEN JIN REACHES IEND, IF
C LIKE IS POSITIVE THEN EXTRA BLANKS ARE ADDED
C PROVIDING LOWER SECTION DOES NOT OVERLAP
C UPPER SECTION, OR IF LIKE IS NEGATIVE THEN
C BLANKS IF PRESENT ON LINE JUST COPIED ARE
C REMOVED.
C LINREF = ARRAY USED BY REINDX ROUTINE TO ACCUMULATE
C LINE NUMBERS WHICH ARE TO BE PRINTED ON
C SINGLE LINE IN INDEX. THESE NUMBER ARE NOT
C CONTIGUOUS IN NUMPNT ARRAY SO THAT PORTION
C OF NUMPNT ARRAY CANNOT SIMPLY BE PRINTED
C DIRECTLY.
C LMTTOC = NUMBER OF ROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS WHICH CAN BE
C WRITTEN ON SINGLE PAGE OF TABLE OF CONTENTS.
C LNGCOM = MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CHARACTERS TO BE KEPT IN
C COMMENT LINE IN FORTRAN PROGRAM OR ROUTINE.
C LNGNAM = NUMBER OF CHARACTERS STORED IN LTRNAM ARRAY
C BY REINDX ROUTINE WHILE SEARCHING FOR NEXT
C ITEM TO BE PLACED INTO INDEX.
C LNGNXT = NUMBER OF CHARACTERS TO BE RETAINED IN NEXT
C COMMENT LINE. LNGCOM IS ASSIGNED THIS VALUE
C AFTER CURRENT COMMENT LINE IS WRITTEN OUT.
C LOCALA = THROUGH LOCALM USED IN RETITL ROUTINE TO
C STORE STARTING AND ENDING LOCATIONS IN EACH
C ARRAY WHICH IS TO BE WRITTEN OUT AS SINGLE
C LINE IN TABLE OF CONTENTS. THESE DO NOT
C APPEAR IN COMMON BLOCK.
C LOWDO = NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN NOLD AND NNEW ARRAYS
C AVAILABLE TO STORE STATEMENT NUMBERS FOR
C MAPPING FROM OLD TO NEW STATEMENT NUMBER
C AND/OR TO APPEAR IN CROSS REFERENCE TABLES.
C LOWDO IS EQUAL TO IHIHDO EXCEPT WHEN OPEN DO
C LOOPS ARE BEING PROCESSED IN WHICH CASE
C LOWDO POINTS TO LOCATION BELOW STORAGE IN
C NOLD AND NNEW OF STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCED
C BY MOST RECENTLY PROCESSED DO STATEMENT.
C LOWER = LOCATION IN LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG ARRAY AT
C WHICH STORAGE OF FINAL FORM OF STATEMENT
C STARTS. LTRBIG(LOWER) IS START OF STATEMENT
C NUMBER FIELD UNLESS FIRST CHARACTER IN
C STATEMENT IS NONBLANK, NONTAB, NONDIGIT
C CHARACTER OTHER THAN C, IN WHICH CASE
C LTRBIG(LOWER) CONTAINS THIS LEADING
C CHARACTER AND STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD STARTS
C AT LOWER+1. NEWSTN IS LOCATION OF START OF
C STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD.
C LOWSHO = LOCATION IN NNEW ARRAY OR IN LTRSPL ARRAY AT
C WHICH IS TO BE FOUND NEXT ITEM TO BE PRINTED
C IN CROSS REFERENCE TABLE OR INDEX WHEN THIS
C IS BEING GENERATED BY REINDX ROUTINE.
C LOWTOC = SEQUENCE NUMBER OF DESCRIPTION IN NUMTOC AND
C LTRTOC ARRAYS OF ROUTINE WHICH HAS
C ALPHABETICALLY LOWEST NAME. IF LOWTOC=4,
C THEN ROUTINE WHICH WAS ENCOUNTERED FOURTH
C HAS ALPHABETICALLY LOWEST NAME.
C LOW1 = LOCATION WITHIN LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C ARRAY AT WHICH ENDS LINE NUMBER FIELD
C ASSOCIATED WITH FORTRAN STATEMENT. LINE
C NUMBER FIELD STARTS AT LEFT AND IS 4
C CHARACTERS WIDE. NOTE THAT WITHIN COMMENT
C SECTION, LINE NUMBER FIELD BEGINS AT MTAB-3
C AND EXTENDS THROUGH MTAB.
C LOW2 = LOCATION AT WHICH STORAGE OF COMMENT LINE
C BEGINS AFTER CONVERSION OF TABS TO BLANKS.
C LOW2 IS 1 LOCATION BEYOND MTAB.
C LPTTTY = -1, LISTING DEVICE IS LINE PRINTER. WRITE
C DIRECTORY OF FILES TO TERMINAL.
C = 0, LISTING DEVICE IS DISK FILE. WRITE
C DIRECTORY OF FILES TO TERMINAL.
C = 1, LISTING DEVICE IS COMMAND TERMINAL. DO
C NOT WRITE DIRECTORY OF FILES TO TERMINAL.
C LRGNUM = MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS USED IN EITHER
C NOLD OR NNEW ARRAYS ANYTIME DURING CURRENT
C EXECUTION OF RENBR.
C LRGPNT = MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN
C USED IN NUMPNT ARRAY (WHICH STORES INDEX)
C ANYTIME DURING CURRENT EXECUTION OF RENBR
C LRGSPL = MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LOCATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN
C USED IN LTRSPL ARRAY (WHICH STORES WORDS IN
C INDEX) ANYTIME DURING CURRENT PROCESSING.
C LRGTOC = TOTAL NUMBER OF ENTRIES IN TABLE OF CONTENT
C STORAGE WHICH HAVE BEEN USED DURING CURRENT
C EXECUTION OF RENBR. THIS INCLUDES SPACE
C WHICH HAS BEEN REUSED.
C LSTKNT = LINE NUMBER OF LAST FORTRAN ENTRY STATEMENT
C OR OF LAST RENBRTITLE COMMAND LINE. LSTKNT
C IS USED TO CALCULATE NUMBER OF STATEMENTS
C ASSOCIATED WITH EACH PORTION OF PROGRAM
C DIVIDED BY ENTRY STATEMENTS OR EACH PORTION
C OF COMMENT SECTION DIVIDED BY RENBRTITLE
C COMMAOD LIOES. LSTKOT WOULD BE 1 (POINTING
C TO START OF ROUTINE) IF FIRST STATEMENT HAS
C ALREADY BEEN PROCESSED IN PROGRAM OR
C ROUTINE, BUT ENTRY STATEMENT HAS NOT YET
C BEEN FOUND. LSTKNT WOULD SIMILARLY BE 1 IN
C COMMENT SECTION UNTIL RENBRTITLE COMMAND IS
C FOUND AFTER FIRST LINE OF COMMENT SECTION.
C LSTN = POINTS TO LEFT DIGIT OF STATEMENT NUMBER IF
C ANY, OR TO CHARACTER PRECEDING STATEMENT IF
C THERE IS NO STATEMENT NUMBER. RENUMBERED
C OUTPUT CAN BE GENERATED IN TAB FORMAT BY
C WRITING LTRBIG ARRAY STARTING AT LOCATION
C LSTN, POSSIBLY PRECEDED BY CHARACTER IN
C LOCATION LOWER IF STATEMENT STARTED WITH
C NONBLANK, NONTAB, NONDIGIT CHARACTER OTHER
C THAN C WHICH MUST BE COPIED INTO OUTPUT
C UNCHANGED.
C LSTSTN = LOCATION IN LOWER PROTION OF LTRBIG ARRAY
C INTO WHICH FIRST CHARACTER OF CURRENT
C STATEMENT HAS BEEN INSERTED. THIS IS
C PREVIOUS VALUE OF NEWSTN. THIS WILL EQUAL
C LOWER UNLESS NONDIGIT PRINTING CHARACTER
C OTHER THAN C WAS FOUND AT START OF LINE IN
C WHICH CASE LSTSTN=LOWER+1.
C LTAB = 0, NO CONVERSION OF TABS TO BLANKS IS TO BE
C PERFORMED IN COMMENT LINES IN RENUMBERED
C OUTPUT.
C = 1, CONVERT TABS IN COMMENT LINES TO BLANKS
C TO GIVE TAB STOPS OF WIDTH JTAB IN
C RENUMBERED OUTPUT.
C LTRABC = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRABC) LETTERS THROUGH
C Z.
C LTRBGN = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRBGN) LETTERS OF WORD
C START WHICH CAN APPEAR IN RENBRSTART COMMAOD
C LIOE.
C LTRBIG = BUFFER INTO WHICH CURRENT STATEMENT IS
C ACCUMULATED AND IN WHICH STATEMENT IS COPIED
C REPLACING STATEMENT NUMBERS. UPPER PORTION
C ACCUMULATES STATEMENT UNTIL END OF STATEMENT
C IS SIGNALLED BY NEW STATEMENT BEING READ
C INTO LTR120 ARRAY. STATEMENT IS THEN COPIED
C INTO LOWER SECTION WITH STATEMENT NUMBERS
C BEING REPLACED AS NECESSARY. EACH WORD IN
C LTRBIG ARRAY CONTAINS SINGLE CHARACTER READ
C BY A1 FORMAT FIELD. LTRBIG ARRAY IS
C DESCRIBED IN MORE DETAIL IN RENBR BLOCK DATA
C ROUTINE.
C LTRCLN = COLON CHARACTER WHICH CAN APPEAR BETWEEN
C SWITCH LETTER AND FOLLOWING NUMBER ON CRENBR
C COMMAND LINE
C LTRCOM = CHARACTERS WHICH INDICATE A COMMENT LINE
C WHEN THEY APPEAR IN COLUMN 1. MAXCOM IS THE
C NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN THIS ARRAY.
C LTRDDD = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRDDD) LETTER D WHICH
C CAN APPEAR LEFT OF EXPONENT IN DOUBLE
C PRECISION NUMBERS.
C LTRDGT = DIGITS 0 THROUGH 9.
C LTRDOT = PERIOD CHARACTER WHICH CAN APPEAR IN REAL
C AND DOUBLE PRECISION NUMBERS.
C LTREEE = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWREEE) LETTER E WHICH
C CAN APPEAR LEFT OF EXPONENT IN REAL NUMBERS.
C LTREND = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWREND) LETTERS OF WORD
C END WHICH MARKS END OF PROGRAM OR ROUTINE.
C LTREQL = EQUAL SIGN. USED WHEN MARKING ITEMS IN
C INDEX WHICH ARE DEFINED BY EQUAL SIGN
C OPERATOR.
C LTREXC = EXCLAMATION POINT USED TO MARK COMMENTS IN
C STATEMENT TEXT FIELD.
C LTRFLG = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRFLG) LETTERS WHICH CAN
C APPEAR AS SWITCHES ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C LTRHHH = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRHHH) LETTER H WHICH IS
C USED TO SEPARATE NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN
C TEXT STRING FROM CHARACTERS OF TEXT STRING.
C LTRKEY = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRKEY) LETTERS OF RENBR
C NAME WHICH APPEAR IN CRENBR, RENBSTART AND
C ALSO RENBRTITLE COMMAND LINES.
C LTRLFT = LEFT PARENTHESIS. USED IN PARENTHESIS
C COUNTING AND AT START OF TITLE/SUBTITLE
C SECTION OF CRENBR OR OTHER COMMAND LINES.
C LTRMNS = MINUS SIGN. USED WHEN EVALUATING NEGATIVE
C NUMBERS IN CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C LTRNAM = ARRAY USED BY REINDX ROUTINE TO ACCUMULATE
C UP TO 10 CHARACTERS WHICH FORM ITEM TO BE
C INDEXED. THESE CHARACTERS DO NOT NEED TO BE
C CONTIGUOUS IN ORIGINAL STATEMENT SINCE
C SEVERAL COMMENTS INTRODUCED BY EXCLAMATION
C POINTS COULD APPEAR WITHIN ITEM.
C LTRNOW = USED LOCALLY WITHIN MANY ROUTINES WHENEVER
C SINGLE LETTER IN STRING MUST BE TESTED
C AGAINST LIST OF OTHER CHARACTERS. THIS
C PREVENTS NEED FOR CALCULATION OF SUBSCRIPT
C OF STRING EACH TIME CHARACTER MUST BE
C TESTED.
C LTROPR = ARRAY CONTAINING CHARACTERS WHICH CAN FORM
C FORTRAN OPERATORS. RECOGNITION OF THESE
C OPERATORS IS CONTROLLED BY MCHOPR ARRAY
C WHICH POINTS TO NEXT CHARACTER TO BE TESTED
C IF CURRENT TEST IS SUCCESSFUL, AND BY NOTOPR
C WHICH POINTS TO NEXT CHARACTER TO BE TESTED
C IF CURRENT TEST IS NOT SUCCESSFUL.
C LTRPLS = PLUS SIGN. ALLOWED BEFORE POSITIVE NUMBERS
C IN CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C LTRPRS = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRPRS) ARRAY CONTAINING
C ALL PUNCTUATION MARKS AND KEY WORDS
C REFERENCED BY SYNTAX RECOGNITION TABLE
C CONTAINED IN ARRAY NUMPRS.
C LTRQOT = APOSTROPHE. USED TO MARK ENDS OF TEXT
C STRINGS.
C LTRREF = IF KOMNUM=1, IS LETTER MARKING STATEMENT
C NUMBERS TO BE REPLACED IN COMMENTS
C LTRRIT = RIGHT PARENTHESIS. USED IN PARENTHESIS
C COUNTING AND AT END OF TITLE/SUBTITLE
C SECTION OF CRENBR AND OTHER COMMAND LINES.
C LTRSEM = SEMICOLON. USED TO SEPARATE STATEMENTS
C WHICH APPEAR ON SAME LINE.
C LTRSLA = SLASH. USED TO SEPARATE TITLE FROM SUBTITLE
C ON CRENBR AND OTHER COMMAND LINES. ALLOWED
C BEFORE SWITCH ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE.
C LTRSPC = SPACE CHARACTER.
C LTRSPL = ARRAY USED TO STORE CHARACTERS WHICH FORM
C WORDS TO BE INCLUDED IN INDEX. THIS HAS
C DIMENSION MAXSPL AND NUMBER OF LOCATIONS
C CURRENTLY IN USE IS STORED IN KNTSPL.
C LTRSPL STORES SINGLE CHARACTER READ BY A1
C FORMAT IN EACH ARRAY LOCATION.
C LTRSRT = UPPER CASE LETTERS THROUGH Z SORTED ON LOWER
C CASE LETTERS IN LWRSRT. THIS SORTING IS
C DONE AT START OF EXECUTION TO ALLOW FASTER
C CONVERSION OF LOWER CASE LETTERS IN INDEX TO
C UPPER CASE.
C LTRTAB = TAB CHARACTER. USED TO SEPARATE STATEMENT
C NUMBER FIELD FROM STATEMENT TEXT FIELD.
C WITHIN STATEMENT TEXT IS EQUIVALENT TO
C SPACE.
C LTRTOC = ARRAY USED TO STORE NAMES OF ROUTINES TO BE
C INCLUDED IN TABLE OF CONTENTS. THESE ARE
C EACH LEFT JUSTIFIED IN 6 CHARACTERS WITH
C BLANK FILL.
C LTRTOP = ARRAY CONTAINING TITLE AND SUBTITLE FOR
C LISTING. TITLE IS IN FIRST 68 LOCATIONS
C WHICH TOGETHER WITH 9 CHARACTERS OF WORD
C PAGE AND PAGE NUMBER (NEITHER OF WHICH ARE
C STORED IN LTRTOP ARRAY) GIVE 67 PRINTING
C CHARACTERS ON FIRST LINE OF EACH PAGE.
C SUBTITLE IS IN LOCATIONS 55 THRU 98 (44
C CHARACTERS) WHICH TOGETHER WITH 6 LETTER
C ROUTINE NAME AND UP TO 13 CHARACTERS OF
C ROUTINE TYPE (COUNTING BLANK TO LEFT OF TYPE
C MAIN PROGRAM, BOTH NAME AND TYPE BEING RIGHT
C JUSTIFED WITH LEFT BLANK FILL IN LOCATIONS
C 99 THROUGH 117) SIMILARY GIVE 67 CHARACTERS
C ON SECOND LINE. MAIN TITLE IS SPECIFIED BY
C USER AT START OF EXECUTION. SUBTITLE, IF
C ANY, IS SPECIFIED BY CRENBR COMMAND LINE
C WITHIN ROUTINE, OR BY RENBRTITLE OR
C BY RENBRSTART COMMAND LINE WITHIN COMMENT
C SECTION.
C LTRTTL = (AND LOWER CASE IN LWRTTL) LETTERS OF WORD
C TITLE USED IN RENBRTITLE COMMAND LINE.
C LTRTYP = ARRAY CONTAINING CHARACTERS FORMING EACH OF
C ROUTINE TYPES WHICH CAN APPEAR IN TABLE OF
C CONTENTS ONCE PARCER HAS IDENTIFIED THAT
C TYPE. START OF EACH NAME IS STORED IN
C NUMTYP ARRAY.
C LTRUSE = ARRAY INTO WHICH NAME ESTABLISHED BY CRENBR
C COMMAND LINE DURING FIRST PASS IS STORED
C UNTIL SECOND PASS. IF ITITLE IS GREATER
C THAN ZERO, THEN ITITLE IS NUMBER OF
C CHARACTERS IN NAME STORED IN LTRUSE ARRAY.
C IF ITITLE IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO ZERO,
C NOTHING IS STORED IN LTRUSE ARRAY.
C LTR1ST = FIRST CHARACTER AGAINST WHICH NEXT CHARACTER
C IN STATEMENT IS TESTED BY REPLAC ROUTINE.
C LTR120 = ARRAY INTO WHICH STATEMENTS ARE FIRST READ
C AND IN WHICH FIRST LINE OF NEW STATEMENT IS
C HELD WHILE PREVIOUS STATEMENT IN LTRBIG
C ARRAY IS PROCESSED. ALL 120 CHARACTERS ARE
C READ FOR ALL LINES OF COMMENT SECTION EXCEPT
C FOR FIRST LINE. 80 CHARACTERS ARE READ FOR
C LINES IN FOTRAN ROUTINES, BUT ONLY FIRST 72
C ARE USED UNLESS LINE IS COMMENT LINE.
C LTR2ND = FINAL CHARACTER AGAINST WHICH NEXT CHARACTER
C IN STATEMENT IS TESTED BY REPLAC ROUTINE.
C MANY = SUBSCRIPT USED BY REINDX ROUTINE WHILE
C THREADING 10 ALPHABETIZED LISTS INTO SINGLE
C INDEX.
C MASTER = USED TO INDICATE WHY PROCESSING OF CURRENT
C INPUT FILE WAS TERMINATED WHEN REUSER IS
C ASKED FOR NEXT FILE SPECIFIED BY USER.
C = 0, ALL PROCESSING COMPLETED. USER IS BEING
C ASKED IF ANOTHER SET OF FILES IS TO BE
C PROCESSED.
C = 1, FIRST CALL TO REUSER COMMAND PARSER. NO
C FILES HAVE YET BEEN READ.
C = 2, END OF FILE READ IN FIRST PASS WHILE
C RENUMBERING.
C = 3, EXTRA END STATEMENT FOUND IN FIRST PASS
C WHILE RENUMBERING.
C = 4, EXTRA END STATEMENT FOUND IN FINAL PASS
C WHILE LISTING ONLY.
C = 5, END OF FILE READ IN FINAL PASS WHILE
C LISTING ONLY.
C = ALSO USED IN RENBR MAIN PROGRAM TO ALLOW
C EACH SUBROUTINE TO CONTROL WHICH SUBROUTINE
C IS CALLED NEXT. THIS USE IS DOCUMENTED IN
C COMMENT LINES IN MAIN PROGRAM.
C MAXCOM = NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN LTRCOM ARRAY WHICH
C CONTAINS THE CHARACTERS WHICH CAN APPEAR IN
C COLUMN 1 OF A COMMENT LINE.
C MAXEND = SUBSCRIPT WITHIN UPPER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C ARRAY OF LOCATION CONTAINING CHARACTER TO
C RIGHT OF RIGHTMOST PRINTING CHARACTER. JEND
C POINTS TO CHARACTER TO RIGHT OF STATEMENT
C AND IS ORIGINALLY EQUAL TO MAXEND, BUT IS
C RESET TO POINT TO FIRST SEMICOLON IF ANY IS
C ENCOUNTERED. CONTENTS OF LTRBIG ARRAY HAVE
C BEEN COMPLETELY PROCESSED IF JEND STILL
C EQUALS MAXEND AFTER REMAINDER OF STATEMENT
C HAS BEEN COPIED.
C MAXLIN = MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINES THAT CAN FORM SINGLE
C STATEMENT PACKED IN LTRBIG ARRAY
C MAXPNT = DIMENSION OF NUMPNT ARRAY WHICH STORES LIST
C OF LINES WHICH CONTAIN PARTICULAR WORDS.
C MAXPRT = LOCATION WITHIN SMALL INPUT BUFFER OF FINAL
C NON-BLANK CHARACTER IN CURRENTLY READ LINE
C OF STATEMENT TEXT. IF MAXPRT IS GREATER
C THAN ISTART+65 (AS COULD HAPPEN IF STATEMENT
C IS PRECEDED BY SINGLE TAB AND FOLLOWED BY
C SOMETHING IN LINE IDENTIFICATION FIELD) THEN
C MAXPRT IS RESET TO ISTART+65.
C MAXSPL = DIMENSION OF LTRSPL ARRAY WHICH STORES
C CHARACTERS OF WORDS WHICH ARE TO BE INCLUDED
C IN INDEX.
C MAXTOC = NUMBER OF ROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS WHICH CAN BE
C INCLUDED IN TABLE OF CONTENTS EXCLUDING
C PARTIAL FINAL PAGE PROVIDING AT LEAST ONE
C PAGE CAN BE STORED.
C MCHOPR = ARRAY CONTAINING SUBSCRIPT WITHIN LTROPR
C ARRAY OF NEXT CHARACTER TO BE MATCHED DURING
C RECOGNITION OF FORTRAN OPERATORS IF CURRENT
C MATCH IS SUCCESSFUL. NOTOPR CONTAINS
C SUBSCRIPT IF CURRENT MATCH IS NOT
C SUCCESSFUL. ZERO ENTRY IN MCHOPR ARRAY
C INDICATES THAT CURRENT MATCH COMPLETES
C OPERATOR.
C MID = LOCATION WITHIN LTRBIG ARRAY OF START OF
C UPPER SECTION INTO WHICH STATEMENT IS COPIED
C UNTIL NO MORE CONTINUATION LINES ARE FOUND.
C ONLY STATEMENT TEXT IS COPIED INTO UPPER
C SECTION STARTING AT MID. NEW STATEMENT
C NUMBER, IF ANY, AND LEADING NONBLANK,
C NONTAB, NONDIGIT CHARACTER OTHER THAN C, IF
C ANY, ARE BOTH PLACED DIRECTLY INTO LOWER
C SECTION. UPPER SECTION IS LONG ENOUGH TO
C CONTAIN TWENTY 66 CHARACTER LINES PLUS 1
C ADDITIONAL CHARACTER, SO NUMBER OF
C CONTINUATION LINES IS TESTED TO PREVENT
C OVERFLOW, RATHER THAN TESTING NUMBER OF
C CHARACTERS ACTUALLY PLACED INTO UPPER
C SECTION. ADDITIONAL CHARACTER ALLOWED
C BEYOND THOSE NEEDED FOR 20 FULL LINES
C CONTAINS NONDIGIT CHARACTER TO PREVENT LOSS
C OF CONTROL WHEN SEARCHING FOR STATEMENT
C NUMBER.
C MODBAS = DURING FIRST PASS, MODBAS CONTAINS LOWEST
C STATEMENT NUMBER TO BE GENERATED IN THIS
C ROUTINE. MODBAS WILL EQUAL IBASE UNLESS B
C OPTION APPEARS ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE IN
C ROUTINE. IF MODBAS=0, THEN LOWEST GENERATED
C STATEMENT NUMBER WILL EQUAL ABSOLUTE VALUE
C OF INCREMENT (STORED AS MODINC DURING FIRST
C PASS AND EQUAL TO INCR UNLESS I OPTION
C APPEARS ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE).
C MODINC = IF IN FIRST PASS, MODINC IS INCREMENT TO
C ACTUALLY BE USED IN GENERATING NEW STATEMENT
C NUMBERS. THIS WILL BE EQUAL TO VALUE TYPED
C BY USER FOLLOWING I SWITCH UNLESS CRENBR
C COMMAND LINE HAS ITSELF SPECIFIED I SWITCH
C WITHIN CURRENT ROUTINE.
C MODMAX = IN FIRST PASS, MODMAX IS GIVEN VALUE OF
C SECOND NUMBER WHICH FOLLOWS CHARACTER M ON
C CRENBR COMMAND LINE, OR IS ZERO IF NO SECOND
C NUMBER IS FOUND.
C MODMIN = IN FIRST PASS, MODMIN IS GIVEN VALUE ZERO
C UNTIL CHARACTER M APPEARING ON CRENBR
C COMMAND LINE INDICATES THAT STATEMENT NUMBER
C REGIONS CAN BE MIXED IN WHICH LATTER CASE IT
C IS GIVEN VALUE FOLLOWING M OR ELSE -1 IF NO
C VALUE FOLLOWS M.
C MODNEW = DURING FIRST PASS, MODNEW CONTAINS SIZE OF
C LOGICAL REGIONS, IF ANY, IN GENERATED
C STATEMENT NUMBER SEQUENCE. SET BY N OPTION
C ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE. IF BOTH MODOLD AND
C MODNEW ARE ZERO, NO LOGICAL REGIONS OF
C STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE TO BE PRESERVED.
C MODOLD = DURING FIRST PASS, MODOLD CONTAINS SIZE OF
C LOGICAL REGIONS, IF ANY, IN ORIGINAL
C STATEMENT NUMBER SEQUENCE. SET BY O OPTION
C ON CRENBR COMMAND LINE. IF BOTH MODOLD AND
C MODNEW RE ZERO, NO LOGICAL REGIONS OF
C STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE TO BE PRESERVED.
C MOST = TOTAL NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN NOLD AND NNEW
C ARRAYS CURRENTLY IN USE. THIS INCLUDES
C STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCES IN UPPER SECTION
C IF PRODUCING LISTING AND STATEMENT NUMBER
C CORRESPONDENCE FROM ORIGINAL STATEMENT
C NUMBERS TO NEW STATEMENT NUMBERS IF
C RENUMBERING. MOST WILL EQUAL MSTN, NUMBER
C OF STATEMENTS BEARING STATEMENT NUMBERS IF
C NO LISTING IS BEING PRODUCED.
C MOVE = NUMBER OF BLANKS WHICH STATEMENTS ARE TO BE
C INDENTED. MOVE IS MULTIPLE OF INDENT,
C INDENTATION PER DO LOOP LEVEL.
C MSTN = IF RENUMBERING, NUMBER OF STATEMENTS BEARING
C STATEMENT NUMBERS IN CURRENT PROGRAM OR
C ROUTINE. THIS IS NUMBER OF STATEMENT
C NUMBERS STORED IN LOWER SECTION OF NOLD AND
C NNEW ARRAYS. IF NOT RENUMBERING, THEN MSTN
C EQUALS ZERO. MSTN IS ALSO SET TO ZERO IF
C OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE BEING RETAINED.
C MTAB = LOCATION WITHIN LOWER SECTION OF LTRBIG
C BUFFER ARRAY OF UPPER END OF LINE NUMBER OF
C COMMENT LINE WITHIN COMMENT SECTION AFTER
C CONVERSION OF TABS TO BLANKS. MTAB IS 1
C LESS THAN LOW2, LOCATION OF START OF
C EXPANDED COMMENT LINE ITSELF.
C NCD = DURING SECOND PASS, NUMBER OF LINES READ
C CONTAINING CURRENT STATEMENT. NCD IS THUS 1
C PLUS NUMBER OF CONTINUATION LINES.
C = DURING FIRST PASS, USED DURING ASSIGNMENT OF
C NEW STATEMENT NUMBERS TO CONTAIN SUBSCRIPT
C OF NOLD AND NNEW ARRAYS AT WHICH TO START
C RENUMBERING (1 UNLESS INCREMENT IS NEGATIVE
C INDICATING NCD IS EQUAL TO NUMBER OF
C STATEMENT NUMBERS).
C NEED = DURING SECOND PASS, NEED IS NUMBER OF BLANKS
C TO BE INSERTED AFTER NONBLANK PORTION OF
C CURRENT STATEMENT IN UPPER PORTION OF LTRBIG
C BUFFER IF STATEMENT IS CONTINUED BY NEXT
C LINE READ INTO LTR120 ARRAY.
C = DURING FIRST PASS, USED DURING ASSIGNMENT OF
C NEW STATEMENT NUMBERS TO CONTAIN SUBSCRIPT
C OF NOLD AND NNEW ARRAYS AT WHICH TO
C TERMINATE RENUMBERING (EQUAL TO NUMBER OF
C STATEMENT NUMBERS UNLESS INCREMENT IS
C NEGATIVE INDICATING NEED IS EQUAL TO 1).
C NEWNUM = USED IN SECOND PASS TO ACCUMULATE VALUE OF
C ORIGINAL STATEMENT NUMBER IN STATEMENT
C NUMBER FIELD OF NONCOMMENT STATEMENT.
C NEWNUM HAS VALUE 0 IF STATEMENT DOES NOT
C HAVE STATEMENT NUMBER, OR VALUE -1 IN
C COMMENT LINE.
C NEWSTN = LOCATION IN LOWER PORTION OF LTRBIG ARRAY
C INTO WHICH FIRST CHARACTER OF STATEMENT
C NUMBER FIELD IS TO BE INSERTED. THIS
C LOCATION CAN BE EQUAL TO EITHER LOWER OR TO
C LOWER+1 DEPENDING ON WHETHER NON-DIGIT,
C NON-BLANK, NON-TAB CHARACTER OTHER THAN C
C APPEARED AT START OF FIRST LINE OF
C STATEMENT. IF SUCH CHARACTER IS FOUND, IT
C IS COPIED INTO LTRBIG(LOWER) AND NEWSTN HAS
C VALUE LOWER+1. THIS VALUE IS FOR STATEMENT
C ABOUT TO BE COPIED INTO LOWER SECTION.
C LSTSTN IS VALUE FOR STATEMENT CURRENTY IN
C LOWER SECTION.
C NNEW = ARRAY CONTAINING VALUES KEPT PARALLEL TO
C STATEMENT NUMBERS IN NOLD ARRAY. IF
C RENUMBERING, THEN LOCATIONS 1 THROUGH MSTN
C CONTAIN NEW STATEMENT NUMBERS CORRESPONDING
C TO OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS IN NOLD ARRAY. IF
C MAKING LISTING, THEN LOCATIONS MSTN+1
C THROUGH MOST CONTAIN LINE NUMBERS IN WHICH
C STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE REFERENCED. IF NOT
C RENUMBERING, THEN STATEMENT NUMBERS IN
C STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD ARE STORED IN NOLD
C ARRAY SIMILARLY TO NUMBERS REFERENCED WITHIN
C STATEMENTS EXCEPT THAT LINE NUMBERS IN NNEW
C ARRAY ARE NEGATIVE FOR NUMBERS FOUND IN
C STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD. IF THERE ARE DO
C LOOPS IN PROGRAM BEING PROCESSED, THEN
C LOCATIONS LOWDO+1 THROUGH IHIHDO (THE
C DIMENSION OF NOLD AND NNEW) CONTAIN NUMBER
C OF DO STATEMENTS WHICH REFERENCE STATEMENT
C NUMBERS KEPT PARALLEL IN NOLD ARRAY.
C NOLD = ARRAY CONTAINING, IF RENUMBERING, OLD
C STATEMENT NUMBERS IN LOCATIONS 1 THROUGH
C MSTN. THESE STATEMENT NUMBERS ARE SORTED IN
C INCREASING ORDER. IF MAKING LISTING,
C LOCATIONS MSTN+1 THROUGH MOST CONTAIN
C STATEMENT NUMBERS FOUND WITHIN STATEMENTS
C DURING SECOND PASS. IF NOT RENUMBERING,
C THEN MSTN WILL BE ZERO AND STATEMENT NUMBERS
C FOUND IN STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD ARE INCLUDED
C IN ORDER FOUND WITHIN SUBSCRIPT RANGE 1
C THROUGH MOST. IF PROGRAM BEING RENUMBERED
C CONTAINS DO LOOPS, THEN LOCATIONS LOWDO+1
C THROUGH IHIHDO CONTAIN STATEMENT NUMBERS
C WHICH TERMINATE CURRENTLY OPEN DO LOOPS. IF
C NOT MAKING LISTING, THEN MOST WILL EQUAL
C MSTN.
C NONFOR = TOTAL NUMBER OF NON-FORTRAN STATEMENTS READ
C FOR ALL COMMENT SECTIONS DURING THIS
C EXECTUION OF RENBR
C NOTOPR = ARRAY CONTAINING SUBSCRIPT WITHIN LTROPR
C ARRAY OF NEXT CHARACTER TO BE MATCHED DURING
C RECOGNITION OF FORTRAN OPERATORS IF CURRENT
C MATCH IS NOT SUCCESSFUL. MCHOPR CONTAINS
C SUBSCRIPT IF CURRENT MATCH IS SUCCESSFUL.
C ZERO ENTRY IN NOTOPR ARRAY INDICATES THAT
C SEARCH FOR OPERATOR FROM PRESENT ORIGIN
C CANNOT SUCCEED AND SHOULD BE ABANDONED.
C NOWTOC = USED BY RETITL WHEN TABLE OF CONTENTS IS
C BEING GENERATED TO FOLLOW ALPHABETICALLY
C ORDERED LIST OF ROUTINE NAMES THROUGH LIST
C WHICH HAS BEEN BUILT UP IN ORDER IN WHICH
C ROUTINES WERE INSTEAD ENCOUNTERED. NOWTOC
C IS FIRST SET TO LOWTOC, SERIAL LOCATION OF
C ROUTINE NAME LOWEST IN ALPHABET, THEN IS
C REPEATEDLY RESET TO NUMTOC(NOWTOC) UNTIL
C ZERO VALUE IS ENCOUNTERED.
C NSTN = TOTAL NUMBER OF FORTRAN STATEMENTS READ FOR
C ALL PROGRAMS AND ROUTINES DURING THIS
C EXECUTION OF RENBR
C NTAB = USED BY REOUT ROUTINE TO STORE SUBSCRIPT OF
C LTRBIG ARRAY AT WHICH CURRENT PORTION OF
C COMMENT LINE IS TO BE SPLIT IN LISTING.
C COMMENT LINE IN COMMENT SECTION CAN BE SPLIT
C SEVERAL TIMES IF IT CONTAINS MANY TAB
C CHARACTERS.
C NUM = USED IN SECOND PASS TO SEND STATEMENT NUMBER
C TO RENUMB WHICH FINDS NEW STATEMENT NUMBER
C CORRESPONDING TO OLD NUMBER AND RETURNS THIS
C NEW NUMBER IN NUM. CALLING PROGRAM (EITHER
C RE2ND FOR NUMBER IN STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD,
C REPLAC FOR NUMBER IN STATEMENT TEXT, OR
C REOUT FOR NUMBER IN COMMENT LINE) DIVIDES
C NUM BY 10 UNTIL IT GETS ZERO VALUE IN ORDER
C TO SPLIT OFF DIGITS.
C = USED IN FIRST PASS TO STORE STATEMENT
C NUMBERS IN STATEMENT NUMBER FIELD, AND AFTER
C ALL OF ROUTINE HAS BEEN READ, NUM IS USED TO
C STORE INCREMENT OF SUBSCRIPTS TO BE SEARCHED
C FOR NEXT STATEMENT NUMBER WITHIN CURRENT
C LOGICAL REGION OF STATEMENT NUMBERS.
C NUMPNT = ARRAY USED TO STORE INFORMATION ABOUT WORDS
C WHICH ARE TO BE INCLUDED IN INDEX. NUMPNT
C ARRAY IS LINKED LIST CONTAINING 2 TYPES OF
C ITEMS. WHEN PREVIOUSLY UNKNOWN WORD IS
C ENCOUNTERED, 5 LOCATIONS ARE ALLOCATED IN
C NUMPNT. FIRST OF THESE LOCATIONS POINTS TO
C FIRST LOCATION IN DESCRIPTION OF NEXT HIGHER
C ALPHABETICALLY ORDERED WORD OF SAME LENGTH,
C AND IS ITSELF POINTED TO BY FIRST LOCATION
C IN DESCRIPTION OF NEXT LOWER ALPHABETICALLY
C ORDERED WORD OF SAME LENGTH. SECOND
C LOCATION POINTS TO FIRST CHARACTER OF WORD
C IN LTRSPL ARRAY. THIRD LOCATION POINTS TO
C FOURTH LOCATION AND WILL ALWAYS POINTING TO
C MOST RECENT PAIR OF LOCATIONS STORING LINE
C NUMBERS IN WHICH WORD WAS ENCOUNTERED.
C FOURTH LOCATION INITIALLY CONTAINS ZERO, BUT
C WILL POINT TO SECOND PAIR OF LOCATIONS
C STORING LINE NUMBERS ONCE SECOND LINE HAS
C BEEN FOUND TO CONTAIN SAME WORD. FIFTH
C LOCATION CONTAINS LINE NUMBER ITSELF. FIRST
C LOCATION IN GROUP OF 5 LOCATIONS WHICH
C DESCRIBE LOWEST ALPHABETICALLY ORDERED WORD
C OF EACH POSSIBLE LENGTH (THROUGH 10
C CHARACTERS, LONGER WORDS BEING TRUNCATED AT
C 19 CHARACTERS) IS POINTED TO BY ENTRY IN
C JPNT ARRAY HAVING AS ITS SUBSCRIPT NUMBER OF
C CHARACTERS IN WORD.
C
C IF WORD HAS ALREADY BEEN ENCOUNTERED, THEN
C ONLY PAIR OF LOCATIONS IS APPENDED TO
C CONTENTS OF NUMPNT ARRAY. FIRST OF THESE
C INITIALLY CONTAINS ZERO BUT WILL POINT TO
C NEXT PAIR OF LOCATIONS ONCE ANOTHER LINE HAS
C BEEN FOUND TO CONTAIN SAME WORD. SECOND
C LOCATION CONTAINS LINE NUMBER. LINE NUMBERS
C ARE NEGATIVE IF WORD IS NAME OF VARIABLE
C ASSIGNED VALUE BY EQUALS SIGN OPERATOR IN
C THAT LINE.
C
C MAXPNT CONTAINS DIMENSION OF NUMPNT ARRAY
C AND KNTPNT CONTAINS NUMBER OF LOCATIONS
C CURRENTLY IN USE IN NUMPNT ARRAY.
C
C AS EXAMPLE OF STRUCTURE OF NUMPNT ARRAY,
C FOLLOWING ILLUSTRATION SHOWS HOW 3 TRIPLE
C LETTER WORDS MIGHT BE STORED IF ENCOUNTERED
C IN ORDER DEF, ABC, DEF, GHI, DEF. LEFT AND
C RIGHT PARENTHESES HAVE BEEN USED IN
C ILLUSTRATION INSTEAD OF LEFT AND RIGHT
C ARROWS SINCE NOT ALL COMPUTERS HAVE LATTER
C CHARACTERS. PLUS SIGNS ARE USED WHERE LINES
C TURN OR INTERSECT.
C
C NUMPNT(KNTPNT) LTRSPL(KNTSPL)
C * *
C * *
C LINE CONTAINING DEF *
C +--------------) 0 (---------+ *
C I * I *
C I * I *
C I LINE CONTAINING GHI I *
C I +--) 0 I 1HI
C I +--( I 1HH
C I )-----------------) 1HG
C +-----------------) 0 I *
C I I * I *
C I I * I *
C I I LINE CONTAINING DEF I *
C I I +-----------) )---------+ *
C I I I * *
C I I I * *
C I I I LINE CONTAINING ABC *
C I I I +--) 0 1HC
C I I I +--( 1HB
C I I I )-----------------) 2HA
C I I I JPNT(3)--) )---------+ *
C I I I * I *
C I I I * I *
C I I I LINE CONTAINING DEF I *
C I I +-----------( I 1HF
C I I--------------( I 1HE
C I )-----------------) 1HD
C +-----------------( (---------+ *
C * *
C * *
C NUMPNT(1) LTRSPL(1)
C
C NUMPRS = TABLE WHICH DRIVES SYNTAX RECOGNITION. THIS
C IS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN COMMENT LINES IN
C BLOCK DATA ROUTINE.
C NUMTOC = ARRAY USED TO STORE DESCRIPTIONS OF ROUTINES
C TO BE INCLUDED IN TABLE OF CONTENTS. 4
C NUMBERS NEEDED FOR EACH ROUTINE ARE, IN
C ORDER FROM LOWEST SUBSCRIPT TO HIGHEST,
C NUMBER IDENTIFYING ROUTINE TYPE, NUMBER OF
C PAGE IN LISTING AT WHICH ROUTINE BEGINS,
C NUMBER OF STATEMENTS IN ROUTINE, AND
C SEQUENCE NUMBER OF ROUTINE WHICH HAS NEXT
C HIGHER NAME WHEN NAMES ARE SORTED
C ALPHABETICALLY. LOWTOC CONTAINS SEQUENCE
C NUMBER OF LOWEST NAME WHEN NAMES ARE SORTED
C ALPHABETICALLY. FOURTH NUMBER IS ZERO FOR
C HIGHEST NAME. KNTTOC CONTAINS NUMBER OF
C ROUTINE DESCRIPTIONS CURRENTLY STORED.
C MAXTOC IS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ROUTINES
C DESCRIPTIONS WHICH CAN BE STORED WITHOUT
C GIVING PARTIAL FINAL PAGE.
C NUMTYP = ARRAY CONTAINING POINTERS TO EACH ROUTINE
C TYPE NAME IN LTRTYP ARRAY. FINAL ENTRY IN
C NUMTYP ARRAY POINTS TO NEXT CHARACTER BEYOND
C FINAL NAME IN LTRTYP ARRAY.
C NXTEND = USED BY REPLAC ROUTINE TO STORE LTRBIG ARRAY
C SUBSCRIPT CORRESPONDING TO START OF NEXT
C CONTINUATION LINE WHEN SCANNING THROUGH
C LINE. KEND IS USED SIMILARLY BY ROUTINES
C CALLED BY REPLAC ROUTINE.
C NXTLST = SUBSCRIPT USED BY REINDX ROUTINE WHILE
C THREADING 10 ALPHABETIZED LISTS INTO SINGLE
C INDEX. ALSO USED BY REINDX ROUTINE WHEN
C DECIDING WHERE IN SINGLE LIST NEW WORD
C SHOULD BE PLACED WHEN IT IS BEING ADDED TO
C INDEX STORAGE. ALSO USED BY REINDX ROUTINE
C TO CONTAIN SUBSCRIPT OF LOCATION WITHIN
C SORTED LOWER CASE LETTERS WHICH MATCHES
C LOWER CASE LETTER WHICH MUST BE CONVERTED TO
C UPPER CASE BEFORE BEING PLACED INTO INDEX.
END
C RENBR(RENBR/FORTRAN RENUMBERING PROGRAM, MAR 1985)
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C SEQUENTIALLY STATEMENT NUMBERS AND/OR FORMS CROSS
C REFERENCE LISTINGS OF FORTRAN PROGRAMS READ AS DATA
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C INDICATE THAT ARE ABOUT TO PROCESS FIRST USER COMMAND
MASTER=1
C
C INITIALIZE COMMON
1 CALL RESET
C
C SIMULATE A SINGLE INPUT FILE IF REUSER NOT CALLED
2 JPASS=0
IF(MASTER.EQ.1)JPASS=1
C
C *****************************************************
C * *
C * THE REUSER ROUTINE INTERACTS WITH THE USER TO *
C * DEFINE WHAT IS TO BE DONE BY THIS PROGRAM AND *
C * TO OPEN THE INPUT FILES. THE CALL TO REUSER *
C * CAN BE REMOVED IF ONLY A SINGLE INPUT FILE *
C * HAVING THE DEFAULT NAME FOR THE SYSTEM (SUCH AS *
C * FOR01.DAT ON THE PDP-10) IS TO BE READ AND IF *
C * THE CONDITIONS DEFINED BY CALL TO RESET ROUTINE *
C * ARE TO BE USED. THESE CONDITIONS ARE TO *
C * PERFORM BOTH RENUMBERING AND LISTING, AND FOR *
C * THE RENUMBERED OUTPUT TO BE IN COLUMN FORMAT *
C * WITHOUT INDENTATION OF DO LOOPS AND IF BLOCKS, *
C * AND FOR THE FIRST STATEMENT NUMBER TO BE 1 AND *
C * FOR THE INCREMENT TO BE 1. *
C * *
C *****************************************************
C
C FIND OUT WHAT USER WANTS TO DO NEXT
C
C MASTER = 0, THE PREVIOUSLY REQUESTED RENUMBERING
C AND/OR LISTING TASK HAS BEEN COMPLETED. ASK
C USER FOR ANOTHER GROUP OF FILE
C SPECIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS. SET JPASS TO 0
C IF USER DOES NOT REQUEST THE PROCESSING OF
C ANOTHER GROUP OF FILES. OPEN OUTPUT FILES
C AND FIRST INPUT FILE AND SET JPASS TO 1 IF
C USER REQUESTS THE PROCESSING OF ANOTHER
C GROUP OF FILES.
C = 1, USER HAS NOT YET BEEN ASKED TO SPECIFY
C ANY FILES OR OPTIONS. ASK USER FOR THE
C FIRST GROUP OF FILE SPECIFICATIONS AND
C OPTIONS. OPEN OUTPUT FILES AND FIRST INPUT
C FILE AND SET JPASS TO 1.
C = 2 OR GREATER, AN END OF FILE OR AN EXTRA END
C STATEMENT HAS BEEN READ DURING PROCESSING.
C CHECK IF USER HAS SPECIFIED THAT ANOTHER
C FILE IS TO BE PROCESSED AFTER THE
C CURRENT FILE. SET JPASS TO 0 IF THE CURRENT
C FILE IS THE FINAL FILE WHICH IS TO BE
C PROCESSED IN THE CURRENT GROUP OF FILES.
C OPEN NEXT INPUT FILE AND SET JPASS TO 1 IF
C USER HAS SPECIFIED AN ADDITIONAL INPUT FILE.
C ALL VALUES OF MASTER WHICH ARE 2 OR GREATER
C ARE TREATED IN THE SAME MANNER BY REUSER,
C BUT SPECIFY THE LOCATION TO WHICH CONTROL IS
C TO BE RETURNED BY THE MAIN PROGRAM.
CALL REUSER
C
C CHECK IF USER ISSUES ANOTHER COMMAND
IF(MASTER.LE.0)GO TO 3
GO TO(4,6,6,7,7),MASTER
3 IF(JPASS.EQ.0)GO TO 11
MASTER=1
C
C VERIFY OPTIONS RETURNED BY REUSER ROUTINE
4 CALL RECHCK
C
C FIRST PASS TO FIND NUMBER MAPPING
5 IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 7
6 CALL RE1ST
C MASTER = 1, SCRATCH FILE HOLDS COMPLETE ROUTINE
C = 2, END-OF-FILE FOUND BEFORE END STATEMENT
C = 3, EXTRA END STATEMENT FOUND
C = 4, NO ROUTINE IS READY TO BE PROCESSED AND
C NO FURTHER FILE HAS BEEN SPECIFIED
GO TO(7,2,2,10),MASTER
C
C SECOND PASS TO REPLACE NUMBERS AND/OR MAKE LISTING
7 CALL RE2ND
C MASTER = 1, END OF FILE NOT YET FOUND
C = 2, SINGLE STATEMENT IS READY TO PROCESS
C = 3, COMMENT IS READY FOR OUTPUT
C = 4, EXTRA END STATEMENT WHEN LISTING ONLY
C = 5, END-OF-FILE WHILE LISTING ONLY
GO TO(10,8,9,2,2),MASTER
8 CALL REPLAC
9 CALL REOUT
GO TO 7
C
C PRINT TABLE OF CONTENTS AND TERMINAL SUMMARY
10 CALL REDONE
C MASTER = 0, ALL PROCESSING DONE, SEE IF USER WANTS A
C NEW SET OF ROUTINES TO BE PROCESSED.
C = 1, PROCESS NEXT ROUTINE IN FILE
IF(MASTER.EQ.0)GO TO 1
GO TO 5
C
C USER TYPES EMPTY COMMAND WHEN ALL PROCESSING DONE
11 STOP
END
SUBROUTINE RESET
C RENBR(/RENBR INITIALIZE VARIABLES IN COMMON)
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C TEST IF THIS IS FIRST TIME THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED
IF(MASTER.EQ.0)GO TO 4
C
C FIND BASIS OF NAME OF SCRATCH FILE
CALL RETEMP(0,JOBNUM,ISPR)
C
C SORT LOWER CASE LETTERS INTO INCREASING NUMERICAL
C ORDER, KEEPING UPPER CASE LETTERS PARALLEL.
C RESULTING SORTED ARRAYS ARE USED IN A TERNARY SEARCH
C BY THE REINDX ROUTINE TO CONVERT LOWER CASE ITEMS
C INTO UPPER CASE BEFORE THESE ARE PLACED INTO INDEX.
C THESE ARRAYS ARE ALSO USED IN A LINEAR SEARCH BY THE
C RETITL ROUTINE TO CONVERT ROUTINE NAMES TO UPPER CASE
DO 1 I=1,26
LTRSRT(I)=LTRABC(I)
1 LWRSRT(I)=LWRABC(I)
DO 3 I=1,25
J=I
LTRNOW=LWRSRT(I)
DO 2 K=I,26
IF(LTRNOW.LE.LWRSRT(K))GO TO 2
J=K
LTRNOW=LWRSRT(K)
2 CONTINUE
LWRSRT(J)=LWRSRT(I)
LWRSRT(I)=LTRNOW
LTRNOW=LTRSRT(J)
LTRSRT(J)=LTRSRT(I)
3 LTRSRT(I)=LTRNOW
C
C DEFINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINES IN SINGLE STATEMENT
4 MAXLIN=20
C
C DEFINE LENGTH OF STATEMENT NUMBER STORAGE ARRAYS.
KUTNUM=60
IHIHDO=1000
LOWDO=IHIHDO
C
C DEFINE LENGTH OF SYMBOL DICTIONARY STORAGE
KUTPNT=400
KUTSPL=200
MAXPNT=5000
MAXSPL=2000
C
C DEFINE LENGTH OF TABLE OF CONTENTS STORAGE.
C NOTE THAT THIS WILL BE REDUCED AFTER PAGE
C SIZE IS SET IF PAGE SIZE COULD PRODUCE PARTIAL
C TRAILING PAGE IN TABLE OF CONTENTS.
INITOC=28
C
C DEFINE STARTING LOCATIONS OF LTRBIG ARRAY SECTIONS.
LEFT=1
LOWER=5
MID=891
LOW1=LOWER-1
MTAB=4
KTAB=2211
LOW2=MTAB+1
C
C DEFINE SECTIONS OF LISTING TITLE ARRAY
ININAM=99
C
C DEFINE UNIT NUMBERS FOR INPUT AND OUTPUT
ITTY=5
JTTY=5
IIN=1
ILPT=20
IOUT=21
ISPR=22
C
C DEFINE DEFAULT CONDITIONS IF REUSER IS NOT CALLED
IBASE=0
ISPACE=0
INCR=1
IPAGE=1
ITAB=0
IFILL=0
ISPLIT=0
IFORM=66
JFORM=60
JTAB=8
LTAB=0
ITBL=1
INDENT=0
JMPEND=0
JMPBGN=0
LPTTTY=0
KMDMIN=0
KMDMAX=0
ITRACE=0
DO 5 I=1,54
5 LTRTOP(I)=LTRSPC
C
C INITIALIZE ERROR COUNT
IERR=0
C
C INITIALIZE RECORD OF ARRAY USAGE.
LRGNUM=0
LRGPNT=0
LRGSPL=0
LCLNUM=0
LCLPNT=0
LCLSPL=0
C
C INITIALIZE STATISTICS
MSTN=0
NSTN=0
KNTONE=0
KNTTWO=0
NONFOR=0
IBREAK=0
JBREAK=0
KOMENT=0
INCSAV=0
INDSAV=0
KOMKNT=0
C
C MARK THAT END OF FILE NOT YET FOUND IN 1ST PASS
JEOF=1
C
C CROSS REFERENCE TABLES IN LISTINGS CONTAIN NUMBERS
C OF LINES BEARING STATEMENT NUMBERS, AS WELL AS THOSE
C REFERENCING STATEMENT NUMBERS
KPASS=2
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE RECHCK
C RENBR(/RENBR CHECK OPTIONS RETURNED BY REUSER)
C
C DONALD BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C CHECK IF IPAGE, INCR AND ITAB ARE LEGAL
IF(IPAGE.GT.0)GO TO 1
IPAGE=0
IF(INCR.EQ.0)INCR=1
1 IF(ITAB.LE.0)GO TO 2
IF(INCR.EQ.0)ITAB=0
IF(LTRSPC.EQ.LTRTAB)ITAB=0
2 IF(ISPLIT.LT.0)ISPLIT=1
IF(ISPLIT.GT.69)ISPLIT=ISPLIT-69
IF(ISPLIT.GT.61)ISPLIT=61
IF(IFORM.LE.10)IFORM=66
IF(JFORM.LE.10)JFORM=60
IF(JTAB.LE.0)JTAB=8
JSPLIT=ISPLIT
IF(JSPLIT.EQ.0)JSPLIT=61
IF(ITBL.LE.0)ITBL=1
C
C CALL REINDX TO INITIALIZE ITS POINTERS
KONTRL=-4
IF(IPAGE.GT.0)CALL REINDX
C
C CALL RETITL TO INITIALIZE ITS POINTER
KONTRL=6
CALL RETITL
C
C STORE FIRST PAGE NUMBER
KPAGE=IPAGE
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE RE1ST
C RENBR(/RENBR 1ST PASS TO FIND STATEMENT NUMBERS)
C
C DONALD BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
DIMENSION LTR072(72)
CHARACTER*1 LTR072
EQUIVALENCE (LTR120(1),LTR072(1))
C
GO TO(1,4,31),MASTER
1 KPASS=-1
IPASS=0
ITITLE=0
IEOF=2
MODOLD=0
MODNEW=0
MODBAS=IBASE
MODINC=INCR
MSTN=0
MODMIN=0
MODMAX=0
KOMNUM=0
LNGCOM=72
LNGNXT=LNGCOM
INDSAV=INDENT
DO 2 I=55,117
2 LTRTOP(I)=LTRSPC
IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)GO TO 11
KOMENT=0
GO TO 13
C CHECK IF ANYTHING READ BEFORE END-OF-FILE
3 MASTER=2
GO TO 81
4 MASTER=1
IF(JPASS.NE.0)GO TO 11
IF(IEOF.EQ.2)GO TO 80
IEOF=IEOF-1
JEOF=0
GO TO 33
C
C TEST IF COMMENT LINE IS LONGER THAN 72 CHARACTERS
5 LNGCOM=LNGCOM-1
6 IF(LNGCOM.LE.72)GO TO 7
IF(LTR120(LNGCOM).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 5
MAXPRT=LNGCOM
7 LNGCOM=LNGNXT
C
C WRITE LINE ON SCRATCH STORAGE
8 IF(IEOF.EQ.2)CALL RETEMP(1,JOBNUM,ISPR)
C IF(IEOF.EQ.2)OPEN(UNIT=ISPR,FILE='RENBR .TMP',
C 1ACCESS='SEQOUT')
IEOF=IEOF+1
WRITE(ISPR,9)MAXPRT
WRITE(ISPR,10)(LTR120(I),I=1,MAXPRT)
9 FORMAT(1I3)
10 FORMAT(120A1)
C
C READ IN NEXT LINE
11 IF(LNGCOM.LE.72)GO TO 12
READ(IIN,10,END=3)LTR120
GO TO 13
12 READ(IIN,10,END=3)LTR072
C
C REMOVE TERMINAL BLANKS TO REDUCE SCRATCH STORAGE
13 MAXPRT=73
14 MAXPRT=MAXPRT-1
IF(MAXPRT.EQ.0)GO TO 11
IF(LTR120(MAXPRT).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 14
C
C TEST IF CRENBR LINE CONTAINING RENUMBERING PARAMETERS
KONTRL=1
IF(IEOF.EQ.2)KONTRL=3
CALL RECMND
IF(KONTRL.GE.0)GO TO 15
KOMENT=-1
INCSAV=INCR
INCR=0
GO TO 81
15 LTRNOW=LTR120(1)
DO 16 I=1,MAXCOM
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRCOM(I))GO TO 6
16 CONTINUE
C
C TEST FOR CONTINUATION OR STATEMENT NUMBERS
NUM=0
I=0
ISTART=0
17 ISTART=ISTART+1
IF(ISTART.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 21
LTRNOW=LTR120(ISTART)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 17
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRTAB)GO TO 18
I=-1
GO TO 17
18 J=0
19 IF(J.EQ.10)GO TO 22
J=J+1
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(J))GO TO 19
IF(ISTART.GT.5)GO TO 20
IF(I.LT.0)GO TO 20
I=ISTART
L=J
NUM=(10*NUM)+J-1
GO TO 17
20 IF(J.EQ.1)GO TO 23
GO TO 8
21 IF(NUM.GT.0)GO TO 25
GO TO 8
22 IF(ISTART.EQ.1)GO TO 17
IF(I.LT.0)GO TO 24
IF(ISTART.LE.6)GO TO 8
IF(I.NE.(ISTART-1))GO TO 24
IF(L.NE.1)GO TO 8
LTR120(I)=LTRSPC
NUM=NUM/10
GO TO 24
23 ISTART=ISTART+1
24 IF(NUM.LE.0)GO TO 26
C
C PLACE STATEMENT NUMBER IN STORAGE ARRAY
25 MSTN=MSTN+1
IF(MSTN.LE.LOWDO)NOLD(MSTN)=NUM
C
C TEST FOR END LINE (MUST BE ON SINGLE LINE)
26 I=ISTART
J=1
IF(MAXPRT.GT.(ISTART+65))MAXPRT=ISTART+65
27 IF(I.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 30
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 29
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 29
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 30
IF(J.GT.3)GO TO 8
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREND(J))GO TO 28
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWREND(J))GO TO 8
28 J=J+1
29 I=I+1
GO TO 27
30 IF(J.LE.3)GO TO 8
IF(IEOF.NE.2)GO TO 32
MASTER=3
GO TO 81
31 MASTER=1
IF(JPASS.EQ.0)GO TO 80
GO TO 11
32 WRITE(ISPR,9)MAXPRT
WRITE(ISPR,10)(LTR120(I),I=1,MAXPRT)
33 ENDFILE ISPR
CALL RETEMP(2,JOBNUM,ISPR)
C CLOSE(UNIT=ISPR)
LCLNUM=MSTN
IF(MSTN.GT.LOWDO)GO TO 78
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 34
IF(MSTN.GT.(LOWDO-25))GO TO 78
34 IF(MSTN.EQ.0)GO TO 81
IF(KMDMIN.NE.0)GO TO 35
IF(KMDMAX.LE.0)GO TO 36
35 MODINC=INCR
MODBAS=IBASE
MODMIN=KMDMIN
MODMAX=KMDMAX
36 IF(MODINC.LT.0)GO TO 37
IF(MODINC.EQ.0)MODINC=1
NEED=MSTN
NCD=1
NUM=1
GO TO 38
37 MODINC=-MODINC
NEED=1
NCD=MSTN
NUM=-1
38 IF(MODBAS.LE.0)MODBAS=MODINC
I=NCD
IF(KMDMIN.LT.0)GO TO 79
IF(MODMAX.GT.0)GO TO 66
IF(MODMIN.GT.0)GO TO 65
IF(MODOLD.LE.1)MODOLD=MODNEW
IF(MODOLD.LE.1)GO TO 73
C
C LOOK FOR PLATEAUS IN OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS
IF(MODNEW.LE.1)MODNEW=MODOLD
K=0
L=MODOLD
N=MODBAS
39 IF(N.LT.MODNEW)GO TO 40
N=N-MODNEW
GO TO 39
40 IF(N.LT.MODINC)GO TO 41
N=N-MODINC
GO TO 40
41 IF(MODMIN.NE.0)GO TO 53
GO TO 45
42 I=I+NUM
43 J=J+NUM
IF(NOLD(J).LT.K)GO TO 44
IF(NOLD(J).LT.L)GO TO 51
44 IF(J.NE.NEED)GO TO 43
45 J=NOLD(I)
IF(J.LT.K)GO TO 48
46 IF(J.LT.L)GO TO 47
L=L+MODOLD
GO TO 46
47 K=L-MODOLD
GO TO 49
48 K=K-MODOLD
IF(J.LT.K)GO TO 48
L=K+MODOLD
49 J=I
IF(I.EQ.NCD)GO TO 51
50 N=N+MODNEW
IF(N.LT.MODBAS)GO TO 50
MODBAS=N
51 NNEW(I)=MODBAS
MODBAS=MODBAS+MODINC
IF(I.EQ.J)GO TO 52
I=I+NUM
GO TO 51
52 IF(I.NE.NEED)GO TO 42
GO TO 74
C
C LOOK FOR DISCONTINUOUS REGIONS IN NUMBERS
53 NCD=0
54 J=I
M=0
55 IF(NOLD(J).GE.L)GO TO 56
IF(NOLD(J).LT.K)GO TO 58
NNEW(J)=MODBAS
MODBAS=MODBAS+MODINC
GO TO 58
56 IF(M.EQ.0)GO TO 57
IF(M.LT.NOLD(J))GO TO 58
57 M=NOLD(J)
58 IF(J.EQ.NEED)GO TO 59
J=J+NUM
GO TO 55
59 IF(M.EQ.0)GO TO 74
K=L
60 L=L+MODOLD
IF(NCD.LE.0)GO TO 61
NCD=NCD-1
GO TO 62
61 N=N+MODNEW
62 IF(L.LE.M)GO TO 60
63 IF(N.GE.MODBAS)GO TO 64
N=N+MODNEW
NCD=NCD+1
GO TO 63
64 MODBAS=N
GO TO 54
C
C RETAIN OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS OUTSIDE RANGE
65 MODMAX=99999
66 NNEW(NCD)=NOLD(NCD)
IF(NOLD(NCD).LT.MODMIN)GO TO 72
IF(NOLD(NCD).GT.MODMAX)GO TO 72
67 J=I
68 IF(J.EQ.NCD)GO TO 69
IF(NNEW(J).EQ.MODBAS)GO TO 70
J=J+NUM
GO TO 68
69 IF(J.EQ.NEED)GO TO 71
J=J+NUM
IF(NOLD(J).NE.MODBAS)GO TO 69
IF(MODBAS.LT.MODMIN)GO TO 70
IF(MODBAS.LE.MODMAX)GO TO 69
70 MODBAS=MODBAS+MODINC
GO TO 67
71 NNEW(NCD)=MODBAS
MODBAS=MODBAS+MODINC
72 IF(NCD.EQ.NEED)GO TO 74
NCD=NCD+NUM
GO TO 66
C
C NORMAL RENUMBERING
73 NNEW(NCD)=MODBAS
MODBAS=MODBAS+MODINC
IF(NCD.EQ.NEED)GO TO 74
NCD=NCD+NUM
GO TO 73
C
C SORT THE STATEMENT NUMBERS FOR FASTER LOOKUP
74 CALL DASORT(NOLD,1,MSTN,NNEW)
C
C CHECK FOR DUPLICATE STATEMENT NUMBERS
J=0
K=0
L=0
DO 76 I=1,MSTN
IF(J.NE.NOLD(I))GO TO 75
IF(K.NE.0)GO TO 76
IERR=IERR+1
WRITE(ITTY,83)J
K=1
L=1
GO TO 76
75 J=NOLD(I)
K=0
76 CONTINUE
IF(L.EQ.0)GO TO 77
WRITE(ITTY,85)
GO TO 79
C
C TEST IF NEW NUMBERS ARE LARGER THAN 99999
77 IF(MODBAS.LE.(99999+MODINC))GO TO 81
WRITE(ITTY,84)
GO TO 79
C
C *******************
C * END OF PASS 1 *
C *******************
C
C ERROR MESSAGE IF TOO MANY NUMBERED STATEMENTS
78 IERR=IERR+1
WRITE(ITTY,82)
C
C PRESERVE OLD NUMBERS
79 MSTN=0
KPASS=2
GO TO 81
C
C FINAL ROUTINE IN FINAL INPUT FILE ALREADY PROCESSED
80 MASTER=4
C
C RETURN TO CALLING PROGRAM
81 RETURN
C
C FORMAT STATEMENTS
82 FORMAT(' Too many numbers, old retained')
83 FORMAT(' Duplicate number',1I6)
84 FORMAT(' New numbers too large, old retained')
85 FORMAT(' Old numbers retained')
END
SUBROUTINE RE2ND
C RENBR(/RENBR 2ND PASS TO PACK SINGLE STATEMENT)
C
C THE FORTRAN RENUMBERING PROGRAM RENBR, JAN 1979
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C THIS ROUTINE IS THE SECOND PASS IF RENUMBERING
C IS BEING PERFORMED. IT PACKS SINGLE STATEMENT INTO
C WORKING ARRAY. IF ONLY A LISTING IS BEING GENERATED,
C THEN THIS ROUTINE WOULD BE THE FIRST AND ONLY PASS.
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
DIMENSION LTR072(72)
CHARACTER*1 LTR072
EQUIVALENCE (LTR072(1),LTR120(1))
C
GO TO(3,1,1,2,21),MASTER
1 MASTER=1
IF(NCD.EQ.0)GO TO 5
IF(IEOF.GT.0)GO TO 54
GO TO 78
2 MASTER=1
IF(JPASS.NE.0)GO TO 3
KOUNT=0
GO TO 78
3 MOVE=0
LSTKNT=0
KNDGRP=0
IPASS=1
MOST=MSTN
KOUNT=0
NCD=0
KUTPAG=0
MAXEND=MID
DO 4 I=LEFT,LOW1
4 LTRBIG(I)=LTRSPC
IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 11
KONTRL=4
CALL RETITL
CALL RETEMP(3,JOBNUM,ISPR)
C OPEN(UNIT=ISPR,FILE='RENBR .TMP',ACCESS='SEQIN')
GO TO 31
5 NEED=65+ISTART-MAXPRT
IF(INCR.NE.0)GO TO 31
IF(NCD.NE.1)GO TO 13
C
C TEST FOR END LINE FROM PRIMARY INPUT
I=ISTART
J=1
6 IF(I.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 9
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 8
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 8
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 9
IF(J.GT.3)GO TO 13
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREND(J))GO TO 7
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWREND(J))GO TO 13
7 J=J+1
8 I=I+1
GO TO 6
9 IF(J.LE.3)GO TO 13
IF(IEOF.EQ.2)GO TO 10
IEOF=0
GO TO 76
10 MASTER=4
GO TO 78
11 IEOF=1
ITITLE=0
KOMNUM=0
LNGCOM=72
LNGNXT=LNGCOM
INDSAV=INDENT
DO 12 I=55,117
12 LTRTOP(I)=LTRSPC
C
C READ LINE FROM PRIMARY INPUT UNIT
13 IEOF=IEOF+1
14 IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)GO TO 16
IF(KOMENT.GT.0)GO TO 15
KOMENT=0
GO TO 18
15 READ(IIN,33,END=20)LTR120
MAXPRT=120
GO TO 19
16 IF(LNGCOM.LE.72)GO TO 17
READ(IIN,33,END=20)LTR120
GO TO 18
17 READ(IIN,33,END=20)LTR072
18 MAXPRT=72
19 IF(LTR120(MAXPRT).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 22
MAXPRT=MAXPRT-1
IF(MAXPRT.GT.0)GO TO 19
IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)GO TO 16
MAXPRT=1
GO TO 77
20 MASTER=5
GO TO 78
21 MASTER=1
IF(JPASS.NE.0)GO TO 14
IEOF=-1
JEOF=0
GO TO 51
22 IF(IEOF.NE.2)GO TO 23
KONTRL=4
CALL RETITL
KONTRL=3
GO TO 24
23 KONTRL=1
24 IF(KOMENT.NE.0)KONTRL=4
CALL RECMND
IF(KONTRL.GT.0)GO TO 28
IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)GO TO 25
IF(KONTRL.EQ.-2)GO TO 26
KOMENT=-1
IEOF=0
GO TO 78
25 IF(KONTRL.EQ.0)GO TO 29
KOMENT=1
GO TO 27
26 KONTRL=7
CALL RETITL
ITITLE=0
KONTRL=5
CALL RECMND
27 LSTKNT=KOUNT+1
KONTRL=3
IBR=1
CALL RETITL
28 IF(KOMENT.NE.0)GO TO 77
29 LTRNOW=LTR120(1)
DO 30 I=1,MAXCOM
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRCOM(I))GO TO 47
30 CONTINUE
GO TO 35
C
C READ LINE FROM SCRATCH UNIT
31 IEOF=IEOF-1
IF(IEOF.EQ.0)GO TO 50
READ(ISPR,32)MAXPRT
READ(ISPR,33)(LTR120(I),I=1,MAXPRT)
32 FORMAT(1I3)
33 FORMAT(120A1)
LTRNOW=LTR120(1)
DO 34 I=1,MAXCOM
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRCOM(I))GO TO 49
34 CONTINUE
C
C DETERMINE TYPE OF STATEMENT
C
C COMMENT
C (A) C IN COLUMN 1
C (B) NON-DIGIT IN COLUMNS 2 THRU 5
C (C) NON-DIGIT IN COLUMN 1 AND NOTHING BEYOND
C
C CONTINUATION
C (A) TAB FOLLOWED BY NON-ZERO DIGIT
C (B) NO TABS FOLLOWED BY NON-ZERO NON-BLANK IN
C COLUMN 6
C (C) NO TABS FOLLOWED BY NON-ZERO DIGIT IN FIRST
C NON-BLANK COLUMN AT OR BEYOND COLUMN 6
C
C START OF NEW STATEMENT
C (A) TAB FOLLOWED BY NON-DIGIT OR ZERO
C (B) NUMBER FOLLOWED BY TAB FOLLOWED BY NON-DIGIT
C OR ZERO
C (C) NO TABS FOLLOWED BY ZERO OR BLANK IN COLUMN 6
C (D) NON-C IN COLUMN 1 FOLLOWED BY ANY OF ABOVE
C
35 NEWNUM=0
I=0
ISTART=0
NEWSTN=LOWER
M=0
36 ISTART=ISTART+1
IF(ISTART.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 40
LTRNOW=LTR120(ISTART)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 36
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 38
J=0
37 IF(J.EQ.10)GO TO 42
J=J+1
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(J))GO TO 37
IF(ISTART.GT.5)GO TO 39
IF(I.LT.0)GO TO 39
I=ISTART
L=J
NEWNUM=(10*NEWNUM)+J-1
GO TO 36
38 I=-1
GO TO 36
39 IF(J.NE.1)GO TO 44
IF(M.NE.0)GO TO 49
M=ISTART
GO TO 36
40 IF(NEWNUM.GT.0)GO TO 52
IF(LTR120(1).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 41
IF(LTR120(1).NE.LTRTAB)GO TO 49
41 IF(INCR.NE.0)GO TO 31
GO TO 14
42 IF(ISTART.GT.1)GO TO 43
NEWSTN=LOWER+1
GO TO 36
43 IF(I.LT.0)GO TO 52
IF(ISTART.LT.6)GO TO 49
IF(ISTART.EQ.6)GO TO 44
IF(I.NE.(ISTART-1))GO TO 52
IF(L.NE.1)GO TO 45
NEWNUM=NEWNUM/10
GO TO 52
C
C IF NCD IS 0 NOTHING IS WAITING IN UPPER SECTION.
C IF NCD IS NON-ZERO, PROCESS STATEMENT IN UPPER
C SECTION BEFORE COPYING LOWER SECTION INTO UPPER.
C
C CONTINUATION LINE READ
44 ISTART=ISTART+1
45 IF(NCD.LE.0)GO TO 74
GO TO 68
C COMMENT LINE READ
46 LNGCOM=LNGCOM-1
47 IF(LNGCOM.LE.72)GO TO 48
IF(LTR120(LNGCOM).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 46
MAXPRT=LNGCOM
48 LNGCOM=LNGNXT
49 IF(NCD.LE.0)GO TO 77
NEWNUM=-1
GO TO 76
C END OF PROGRAM READ
50 CALL RETEMP(4,JOBNUM,ISPR)
C CLOSE(UNIT=ISPR,DISPOSE='DELETE')
51 IF(NCD.GT.0)GO TO 76
GO TO 78
C START OF NEW STATEMENT (NON-CONTINUATION) READ
52 LTR120(ISTART-1)=LTRSPC
IF(M.EQ.0)GO TO 53
LTR120(M)=LTRSPC
LTR120(ISTART-1)=LTRDGT(1)
53 IF(NCD.GT.0)GO TO 76
C
C TRANSFER HERE TO BEGIN PROCESSING OF STATEMENT.
C IF NCD IS NONZERO, THE ABOVE TESTS WILL HAVE
C FIRST CAUSED PROCESSING OF THE PREVIOUS STATEMENT.
C
C INITIALIZE THE INPUT POINTERS.
54 NCD=0
ILEVEL=0
JLEVEL=0
KLEVEL=0
IEND=MID+66
LIKE=0
MAXEND=MID
JIN=MID
JOUT=LOWER+6
KPYEND=JOUT+66
IF(NEWNUM.LT.0)GO TO 77
NUM=NEWNUM
LSTSTN=NEWSTN
JSTN=NEWSTN
IF(JSTN.NE.LOWER)LTRBIG(LOWER)=LTR120(1)
LTRBIG(LOWER+5)=LTR120(ISTART-1)
C
C INSERT LINE COUNT
I=LEFT
KOUNT=KOUNT+1
L=KOUNT
55 J=L
L=L/10
J=J+1-(10*L)
LTRBIG(LEFT)=LTRDGT(J)
IF(L.LE.0)GO TO 57
I=I+1
J=I
56 J=J-1
LTRBIG(J+1)=LTRBIG(J)
IF(J.LE.LEFT)GO TO 55
GO TO 56
57 ISTN=LOWER+4
LSTN=LOWER+5
IF(NUM.LE.0)GO TO 66
C
C CHECK IF STATEMENT ENDS A DO LOOP
I=LOWDO
58 I=I+1
IF(I.GT.IHIHDO)GO TO 60
IF(NUM.NE.NOLD(I))GO TO 58
IF(MOVE.GT.0)MOVE=MOVE-NNEW(I)
LOWDO=LOWDO+1
59 IF(I.EQ.LOWDO)GO TO 60
NOLD(I)=NOLD(I-1)
NNEW(I)=NNEW(I-1)
I=I-1
GO TO 59
C
C INSERT STATEMENT NUMBER
60 IPASS=KPASS
CALL RENUMB
IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 62
61 J=NUM
NUM=NUM/10
J=J+1-(10*NUM)
LTRBIG(ISTN)=LTRDGT(J)
IF(ISTN.EQ.LOWER)LSTSTN=LOWER
LSTN=ISTN
ISTN=ISTN-1
IF(NUM.LE.0)GO TO 67
GO TO 61
62 J=5
I=ISTART-1
63 IF(J.GE.I)GO TO 65
IF(LTR120(J).EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 65
LTRBIG(ISTN)=LTR120(J)
64 ISTN=ISTN-1
J=J-1
IF(ISTN.GE.JSTN)GO TO 63
GO TO 68
65 LTRBIG(ISTN)=LTRSPC
GO TO 64
66 LTRBIG(ISTN)=LTRSPC
ISTN=ISTN-1
67 IF(ISTN.GE.JSTN)GO TO 66
C
C COPY LINE FROM LOWER SECTION TO UPPER SECTION.
C FIRST COPY BLANKS INTO ALREADY COPIED TEXT
C TO FILL OUT THE PROPER CHARACTER COUNT
68 IF(NCD.EQ.0)GO TO 70
IF(NCD.EQ.MAXLIN)GO TO 72
IF(NEED.EQ.0)GO TO 70
DO 69 I=1,NEED
LTRBIG(MAXEND)=LTRSPC
69 MAXEND=MAXEND+1
70 NCD=NCD+1
IF(MAXPRT.LT.ISTART)GO TO 5
IF(MAXPRT.GT.(ISTART+65))MAXPRT=ISTART+65
DO 71 I=ISTART,MAXPRT
LTRBIG(MAXEND)=LTR120(I)
71 MAXEND=MAXEND+1
GO TO 5
72 IERR=IERR+1
WRITE(ITTY,73)KOUNT
73 FORMAT(1X,'Line',1I5,' is too long')
GO TO 5
C
C ERROR MESSAGE IF NO FIRST LINE OF STATEMENT
74 WRITE(ITTY,75)KOUNT
75 FORMAT(' Continuation not tied to line',1I5)
IERR=IERR+1
GO TO 77
C
C SCAN THE STATEMENT FOR NUMBERS AND REPLACE
76 MASTER=2
GO TO 78
C
C OUTPUT THE STATEMENT
77 MASTER=3
78 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE REPLAC
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO REPLACE STATEMENT NUMBERS)
C
C THE FORTRAN RENUMBERING PROGRAM RENBR, JAN 1979
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C THIS ROUTINE IDENTIFIES ALL OCCURRENCES OF STATEMENT
C NUMBERS AND REPLACES THEM.
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C INSERT INDENTATION IN RANGE OF DO LOOP
I=MOVE*INDENT
IF(I.GE.66)GO TO 2
1 IF(I.LE.0)GO TO 2
I=I-1
IF(JOUT.GE.JIN)GO TO 2
LIKE=LIKE-1
LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRSPC
JOUT=JOUT+1
GO TO 1
C
C REMOVE TERMINAL SPACES, SIMULATE INITIAL COMMENT
C BELOW START OF LINE
2 IF(MAXEND.LE.MID)GO TO 3
IF(LTRBIG(MAXEND-1).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 3
MAXEND=MAXEND-1
GO TO 2
3 INRCPY=2
INRFND=1
INRSTR(1)=JIN-1
INIPRT=JOUT
C
C INITIALIZE OUTPUT POINTERS
C
C JSTN AND JIN ARE KEPT EQUAL EXCEPT AFTER A
C STATEMENT NUMBER IS FOUND, THEN JSTN IS SET TO 1
C POSN BEYOND THE LAST DIGIT (OR 5TH),
C THEN JSTN IS SET AT THE SEEK CHARACTER OR
C AFTER FIRST FINDS ITS SEEK CHARACTER.
4 JSTN=JIN
JBGN=JOUT
IENTER=1
IBR=1
JEND=MAXEND
5 CALL RENEXT
IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 6
JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 5
6 JSTN=JIN
GO TO 11
C
C THE FOLLOWING IS AN INTERPRETIVE ROUTINE
C WHICH IS DRIVEN BY THE ENTRIES IN NUMPRS,
C THE SYNTAX DESCRIPTION.
7 JSTN=JIN
8 IBR=NUMPRS(IBR+3)
GO TO 11
9 JSTN=JIN
10 IBR=NUMPRS(IBR+4)
11 I=NUMPRS(IBR)
GO TO (22,43,50,78,94,98,107,125,126,53,
1116,117,58,7,21,19,28,28,28,28,
228,28,28,28,12,13,17,18,22,94,
3118),I
C
C TEST IF THIS IS FIRST LINE IN PROGRAM
12 IF(KOUNT.NE.1)GO TO 10
GO TO 8
C
C INSERT STATEMENT NUMBER INTO LIST OF DO LOOPS
13 I=IHIHDO+1
14 I=I-1
IF(I.LE.LOWDO)GO TO 15
IF(NOLD(I).NE.NUM)GO TO 14
GO TO 16
15 LCLNUM=LCLNUM+1
IF(MOST.GE.LOWDO)GO TO 8
LOWDO=LOWDO-1
NOLD(I)=NUM
NNEW(I)=0
16 NNEW(I)=NNEW(I)+1
MOVE=MOVE+1
GO TO 8
C
C INCREASE INDENTATION OF FOLLOWING STATEMENTS
17 MOVE=MOVE+1
GO TO 8
C
C DECREASE INDENTATION OF FOLLOWING STATEMENTS
C AND OF CURRENT STATEMENT IF KEYWORD IS AT LEFT.
C KEYWORK MUST HAVE BEEN MATCHED WITHOUT BEING COPIED.
18 IF(MOVE.LE.0)GO TO 8
MOVE=MOVE-1
IF(JOUT.GT.INIPRT)GO TO 8
IF(JOUT.LT.(LOWER+6+INDENT))GO TO 8
JOUT=JOUT-INDENT
LIKE=LIKE+INDENT
JBGN=JOUT
INIPRT=JOUT
GO TO 8
C
C INSERT PROGRAM NAME AND TYPE INTO TABLE OF CONTENTS
19 IF(LSTKNT.EQ.0)GO TO 20
LSTKNT=LSTKNT+1
KONTRL=7
CALL RETITL
20 KONTRL=1
CALL RETITL
LSTKNT=KOUNT
GO TO 8
C
C INDICATE ENTIRE COPIED PORTION OF STATEMENT HAS
C BEEN PUT INTO DICTIONARY WHETHER IT HAS OR NOT.
21 JBGN=JOUT
GO TO 8
C
C SCAN FOR A PARTICULAR CHARACTER SEQUENCE STARTING
C AT JSTN. COPY THE SEQUENCE IF IT IS FOUND.
22 I=NUMPRS(IBR+1)
J=NUMPRS(IBR+2)
K=IEND
23 IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 9
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 25
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 25
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 26
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRPRS(I))GO TO 24
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRPRS(I))GO TO 9
24 I=I+1
25 JSTN=JSTN+1
IF(I.LE.J)GO TO 23
IF(NUMPRS(IBR).EQ.1)GO TO 107
GO TO 8
26 IF(JSTN.LT.K)GO TO 27
K=K+66
GO TO 26
27 JSTN=K
GO TO 23
C
C TEST IF WORD APPEARS ANYWHERE AT ZERO PARENTHESIS
C COUNT OTHER THAN IN AN ALPHAMERIC STRING OR OPERATOR.
C JSTN IS LEFT AT NEXT CHARACTER FOLLOWING SUCCESSFUL
C MATCH. NOTHING IS COPIED.
C
C NUMPRS(IBR) STOP AT PREFIX ALLOWED
C 17 END OF LINE YES
C 18 1ST NON-PARENTHESIS OPERATOR YES
C 19 LEFT PARENTHESIS YES
C 20 1ST OPERATOR YES
C 21 END OF LINE NO
C 22 1ST NON-PARENTHESIS OPERATOR NO
C 23 LEFT PARENTHESIS NO
C 24 1ST OPERATOR NO
C
28 I=NUMPRS(IBR+1)
J=NUMPRS(IBR+2)
K=0
IPOINT=NUMPRS(IBR)
JPOINT=IPOINT
IF(JPOINT.GT.20)JPOINT=JPOINT-4
29 L=JSTN
CALL RENEXT
IF(K.NE.0)GO TO 41
IF(IALPHA.NE.0)GO TO 37
GO TO 31
30 LTRNOW=LTRBIG(M)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 35
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 35
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 32
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRPRS(N))GO TO 34
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LWRPRS(N))GO TO 34
IF(IPOINT.GT.20)GO TO 37
L=L+1
31 M=L
N=I
NXTEND=IEND
GO TO 36
32 IF(M.LT.NXTEND)GO TO 33
NXTEND=NXTEND+66
GO TO 32
33 M=NXTEND
GO TO 36
34 N=N+1
IF(N.GT.J)GO TO 42
35 M=M+1
36 IF(M.LT.INIOPR)GO TO 30
37 IF(JPOINT.EQ.20)GO TO 9
IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 9
IF(LTRBIG(JSTN).EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 39
IF(LTRBIG(JSTN).EQ.LTRRIT)GO TO 9
IF(JPOINT.EQ.18)GO TO 9
38 JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 29
39 IF(JPOINT.EQ.19)GO TO 9
40 K=K+1
GO TO 38
41 IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 9
IF(LTRBIG(JSTN).EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 40
IF(LTRBIG(JSTN).EQ.LTRRIT)K=K-1
GO TO 38
42 JSTN=M+1
GO TO 8
C
C TEST FOR A NUMBER (INTEGER).
C IF A NUMBER IS FOUND, NUM IS RETURNED WITH VALUE
C OF NUMBER, KSTN POINTS TO FIRST CHARACTER IN THE
C NUMBER (AFTER SPACING OVER LEADING BLANKS, AND BOTH
C JSTN AND ISTN POINT TO NEXT CHARACTER AFTER LAST
C DIGIT OF NUMBER.
C IF A NUMBER IS NOT FOUND, JSTN IS SET TO JIN, BUT
C NUM, ISTN AND KSTN ARE NOT CHANGED.
43 J=0
K=0
NXTEND=IEND
GO TO 45
44 JSTN=JSTN+1
45 IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 47
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 44
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 44
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 48
DO 46 I=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(I))GO TO 46
J=(J*10)+I-1
IF(K.EQ.0)K=JSTN
JIN1=JSTN
GO TO 44
46 CONTINUE
47 IF(J.LE.0)GO TO 9
IF(J.GT.99999)GO TO 9
NUM=J
JSTN=JIN1+1
ISTN=JSTN
KSTN=K
GO TO 8
48 IF(JSTN.LT.NXTEND)GO TO 49
NXTEND=NXTEND+66
GO TO 48
49 JSTN=NXTEND
GO TO 45
C
C TEST IF CHARACTER IN LTRPRS(I) APPEARS BEFORE THE
C CHARACTER IN LTRPRS(J) (OR BEFORE END OF STATEMENT).
C BOTH ARE ONLY TESTED FOR AS SEPARATOR CHARACTERS.
C IF FIRST CHARACTER IS FOUND, JSTN IS SET AT 1
C POSITION BEYOND THIS CHARACTER. IF SECOND CHARACTER
C IF FOUND OR THE FIRST IS NOT FOUND (FAILURE), JSTN
C IS SET BACK TO START OF TEXT YET TO BE PROCESSED.
50 I=NUMPRS(IBR+1)
J=NUMPRS(IBR+2)
LTR1ST=LTRPRS(I)
LTR2ND=LTRPRS(J)
51 CALL RENEXT
IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 9
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTR1ST)GO TO 52
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTR2ND)GO TO 9
JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 51
52 JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 8
C
C TEST IF CHARACTER IN LTRPRS(I) APPEARS AS A
C SEPARATOR CHARACTER BEFORE THE CHARACTER IN
C LTRPRS(J) APPEARS AS A SEPARATOR CHARACTER,
C EXCEPT WITHIN A PARENTHETICAL EXPRESSION.
C FOR EXAMPLE, THIS SECTION IS USED TO
C TEST IF COMMA APPEARS OUTSIDE OF PARENTHESES
C (WHERE IT COULD SEPARATE SUBSCRIPTS) IN A
C DO STATEMENT SUCH AS DO 20 I=J(K,L),J(M,N)
C IF FIRST CHARACTER IS FOUND, JSTN IS SET AT 1
C POSITION BEYOND THIS CHARACTER. IF SECOND CHARACTER
C IF FOUND OR THE FIRST IS NOT FOUND (FAILURE), JSTN
C IS SET BACK TO START OF TEXT YET TO BE PROCESSED.
53 I=NUMPRS(IBR+1)
J=NUMPRS(IBR+2)
LTR1ST=LTRPRS(I)
LTR2ND=LTRPRS(J)
K=0
54 CALL RENEXT
IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 9
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 56
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRRIT)GO TO 57
IF(K.NE.0)GO TO 55
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTR1ST)GO TO 52
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTR2ND)GO TO 9
55 JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 54
56 K=K+1
GO TO 55
57 IF(K.EQ.0)GO TO 9
K=K-1
GO TO 55
C
C TEST IF THE CHARACTER IN LTRPRS(I) APPEARS IN A NON-
C SEPARATOR SYMBOL BEFORE THAT IN LTRPRS(J) APPEARS AS
C A SEPARATOR SYMBOL. IF FIRST CHARACTER IS FOUND,
C JSTN IS SET AT 1 POSITION BEYOND THIS CHARACTER.
C IF SECOND CHARACTER IS FOUND OR FIRST IS NOT
C FOUND (FAILURE), JSTN IS SET BACK TO START OF
C TEXT NOT YET PROCESSED.
C USED TO TEST FOR NON-STANDARD SEPARATOR CHARACTERS
C SUCH AS NUMBER SIGN OR APOSTROPHE IN RANDOM ACCESS
C READ, WRITE AND FIND STATEMENTS. THE CHARACTER
C WILL NOT BE FOUND IN AN ALPHAMERIC STRING.
58 I=NUMPRS(IBR+1)
J=NUMPRS(IBR+2)
LTR1ST=LTRPRS(I)
LTR2ND=LTRPRS(J)
K=0
NXTEND=IEND
59 L=JSTN
CALL RENEXT
IF(K.NE.0)GO TO 65
IF(IALPHA.NE.0)GO TO 65
60 IF(L.GE.INIOPR)GO TO 65
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 61
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 61
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 62
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTR1ST)GO TO 64
61 L=L+1
GO TO 60
62 IF(L.LT.NXTEND)GO TO 63
NXTEND=NXTEND+66
GO TO 62
63 L=NXTEND
GO TO 60
64 JSTN=L+1
GO TO 8
65 IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 9
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 67
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRRIT)GO TO 68
IF(K.NE.0)GO TO 66
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTR2ND)GO TO 9
66 JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 59
67 K=K+1
GO TO 66
68 IF(K.EQ.0)GO TO 9
K=K-1
GO TO 66
C
C SKIP OVER NUMBER IN UPPER SECTION AND COPY NEW
C NUMBER INTO MIDDLE SECTION. AFTER NUMBER HAS
C BEEN COPIED, JSTN IS SET TO NEXT POSITION AFTER
C NUMBER IN THE INPUT ARRAY.
69 IF(LIKE.GE.0)GO TO 74
IF(JIN.GE.IEND)GO TO 72
IF(JIN.LT.(IEND+LIKE))GO TO 77
70 IF(INRCPY.GT.INRFND)GO TO 77
IF(JIN.LT.INRSTR(INRCPY))GO TO 77
I=INRSTR(INRCPY)-IEND
IF(I.GE.-66)GO TO 71
INRCPY=INRCPY+1
GO TO 70
71 LIKE=LIKE-JIN+IEND
JIN=IEND
72 IEND=IEND+66
73 IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 78
IF(LTRBIG(JOUT-1).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 78
JOUT=JOUT-1
LIKE=LIKE+1
GO TO 73
74 IF(JIN.LT.IEND)GO TO 77
IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 76
75 IF(JOUT.GE.JIN)GO TO 76
LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRSPC
JOUT=JOUT+1
LIKE=LIKE-1
IF(LIKE.GT.0)GO TO 75
76 IEND=IEND+66
77 LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRBIG(JIN)
JIN=JIN+1
JOUT=JOUT+1
78 IF(JIN.LT.KSTN)GO TO 69
IPASS=1
CALL RENUMB
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 79
JOUT=JOUT-1
KONTRL=0
CALL REINDX
JOUT=JOUT+1
79 IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 93
80 IF(LIKE.GE.0)GO TO 85
IF(JIN.GE.IEND)GO TO 83
IF(JIN.LT.(IEND+LIKE))GO TO 88
81 IF(INRCPY.GT.INRFND)GO TO 88
IF(JIN.LT.INRSTR(INRCPY))GO TO 88
I=INRSTR(INRCPY)-IEND
IF(I.GE.-66)GO TO 82
INRCPY=INRCPY+1
GO TO 81
82 LIKE=LIKE-JIN+IEND
JIN=IEND
83 IEND=IEND+66
84 IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 80
IF(LTRBIG(JOUT-1).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 80
JOUT=JOUT-1
LIKE=LIKE+1
GO TO 84
85 IF(JIN.LT.IEND)GO TO 88
IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 87
86 IF(JOUT.GE.JIN)GO TO 87
LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRSPC
JOUT=JOUT+1
LIKE=LIKE-1
IF(LIKE.GT.0)GO TO 86
87 IEND=IEND+66
GO TO 80
88 LIKE=LIKE+ISTN-KSTN
JIN=ISTN
I=JOUT
89 LIKE=LIKE-1
J=NUM
NUM=NUM/10
J=J+1-(10*NUM)
LTRBIG(I)=LTRDGT(J)
JOUT=JOUT+1
JBGN=JOUT
C FOLLOWING STATEMENT TESTS FOR OVERLAP OF MIDDLE
C AND UPPER SECTIONS. SUCH OVERLAP COULD ONLY TAKE
C PLACE IN THIS SECTION.
IF(JOUT.GT.JIN)GO TO 126
IF(NUM.LE.0)GO TO 91
J=JOUT
90 J=J-1
LTRBIG(J+1)=LTRBIG(J)
IF(J.LE.I)GO TO 89
GO TO 90
91 IF(LIKE.LT.-65)GO TO 92
IF(LIKE.LT.66)GO TO 7
LIKE=LIKE-66
GO TO 91
92 LIKE=LIKE+66
GO TO 91
C
C COPY STATEMENT NUMBER IF NOT RENUMBERING
93 LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRBIG(JIN)
JIN=JIN+1
JOUT=JOUT+1
IF(JIN.LT.ISTN)GO TO 93
JBGN=JOUT
GO TO 7
C
C COPY STATEMENT THROUGH END OF CURRENT EXPRESSION.
C TEST FOR LEFT PARENTHESIS. IF FOUND, USE
C PARENTHESES COUNTING TO GET TO END OF EXPRESSION.
C JSTN IS LEFT POINTING TO NEXT CHARACTER BEYOND
C SECTION COPIED.
94 K=0
JSTN=JIN
IPOINT=NUMPRS(IBR)
GO TO 97
95 K=K+1
96 JSTN=JSTN+1
97 CALL RENEXT
IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 126
IF(LTRBIG(JSTN).EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 95
IF(LTRBIG(JSTN).NE.LTRRIT)GO TO 96
K=K-1
IF(K.GT.0)GO TO 96
JSTN=JSTN+1
IF(IPOINT.EQ.30)GO TO 8
GO TO 107
C
C TEST FIRST NON-BLANK CHARACTER POINTED TO BY
C JSTN TO SEE IF IT IS IN DATA LIST. VALUE OF
C JSTN IS NOT ALTERED EXCEPT TO STEP IT ACROSS
C LEADING BLANKS. TRANSFER IS MADE TO DIFFERENT
C FUNCTION FOR EACH POSSIBLE CHARACTER.
98 I=NUMPRS(IBR+1)
J=NUMPRS(IBR+2)
NXTEND=IEND
99 LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 102
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 102
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 104
100 IF(JSTN.LT.NXTEND)GO TO 101
NXTEND=NXTEND+66
GO TO 100
101 JSTN=NXTEND
GO TO 103
102 JSTN=JSTN+1
103 IF(JSTN.LT.JEND)GO TO 99
IBR=IBR+J-I+4
GO TO 106
104 IBR=IBR+3
105 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRPRS(I))GO TO 106
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LWRPRS(I))GO TO 106
IBR=IBR+1
I=I+1
IF(I.LE.J)GO TO 105
106 IBR=NUMPRS(IBR)
GO TO 11
C
C COPY CHARACTERS OF STATEMENT FROM JIN THRU JSTN-1.
C ADVANCE JIN AND JOUT TO 1 + LAST POSITION COPIED.
107 IF(JIN.GE.JSTN)GO TO 8
IF(LIKE.GE.0)GO TO 112
IF(JIN.GE.IEND)GO TO 110
IF(JIN.LT.(IEND+LIKE))GO TO 115
108 IF(INRCPY.GT.INRFND)GO TO 115
IF(JIN.LT.INRSTR(INRCPY))GO TO 115
I=INRSTR(INRCPY)-IEND
IF(I.GE.-66)GO TO 109
INRCPY=INRCPY+1
GO TO 108
109 LIKE=LIKE-JIN+IEND
JIN=IEND
110 IEND=IEND+66
111 IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 107
IF(LTRBIG(JOUT-1).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 107
JOUT=JOUT-1
LIKE=LIKE+1
GO TO 111
112 IF(JIN.LT.IEND)GO TO 115
IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 114
113 IF(JOUT.GE.JIN)GO TO 114
LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRSPC
JOUT=JOUT+1
LIKE=LIKE-1
IF(LIKE.GT.0)GO TO 113
114 IEND=IEND+66
115 LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRBIG(JIN)
JOUT=JOUT+1
JIN=JIN+1
GO TO 107
C
C CALL DICTIONARY PROGRAM TO ENTER PORTION OF
C STATEMENT INTO DICTIONARY (USED TO ENTER THE
C WORDS ''DATA'' AND ''FORMAT'' INTO DICTIONARY
C BEFORE SCANNING FURTHER INTO STATEMENTS).
116 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 8
JOUT=JOUT-1
KONTRL=0
CALL REINDX
JOUT=JOUT+1
GO TO 8
C
C ENTER COPIED PORTION LESS LAST CHARACTER INTO
C SYMBOL DICTIONARY, AND PREVENT ENTRY OF THAT
C EXCLUDED CHARACTER
117 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 8
JOUT=JOUT-2
KONTRL=0
CALL REINDX
JOUT=JOUT+2
JBGN=JOUT
GO TO 8
C
C TEST IF CHARACTER POINTED TO BY JSTN IS AT END
C OF STATEMENT. VALUE OF JSTN IS NOT ALTERED EXCEPT
C TO STEP IT ACROSS LEADING BLANKS. JSTN IS RESET
C TO JIN IN CASE OF A FAILURE.
118 NXTEND=IEND
119 IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 123
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 122
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 122
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 124
120 IF(JSTN.LT.NXTEND)GO TO 121
NXTEND=NXTEND+66
GO TO 120
121 JSTN=NXTEND
GO TO 119
122 JSTN=JSTN+1
GO TO 119
123 GO TO 8
124 GO TO 9
C
C TURN OFF ENTRY OF VARIABLES INTO DICTIONARY
C AND OUTPUT REMAINDER OF LINE (USED TO PREVENT
C INCLUDING GARBAGE IN DATA AND FORMAT STATEMENTS
C IN THE DICTIONARY LISTING).
125 IENTER=0
GO TO 126
C
C COPY REMAINDER OF STATEMENT FROM UPPER TO MIDDLE
C SECTION. EXIT IS MADE WITH JOUT POINTING TO LAST
C CHARACTER OF MIDDLE SECTION.
126 IF(JIN.GE.JEND)GO TO 135
IF(LIKE.GE.0)GO TO 131
IF(JIN.GE.IEND)GO TO 129
IF(JIN.LT.(IEND+LIKE))GO TO 134
127 IF(INRCPY.GT.INRFND)GO TO 134
IF(JIN.LT.INRSTR(INRCPY))GO TO 134
I=INRSTR(INRCPY)-IEND
IF(I.GE.-66)GO TO 128
INRCPY=INRCPY+1
GO TO 127
128 LIKE=LIKE-JIN+IEND
JIN=IEND
129 IEND=IEND+66
130 IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 126
IF(LTRBIG(JOUT-1).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 126
JOUT=JOUT-1
LIKE=LIKE+1
GO TO 130
131 IF(JIN.LT.IEND)GO TO 134
IF(LIKE.EQ.0)GO TO 133
132 IF(JOUT.GE.JIN)GO TO 133
LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRSPC
JOUT=JOUT+1
LIKE=LIKE-1
IF(LIKE.GT.0)GO TO 132
133 IEND=IEND+66
134 LTRBIG(JOUT)=LTRBIG(JIN)
JIN=JIN+1
JOUT=JOUT+1
GO TO 126
C
C INSERT NAME IN TABLE OF CONTENTS IF START OF ROUTINE
135 IF(LSTKNT.NE.0)GO TO 136
LSTKNT=1
KONTRL=2
IBR=2
CALL RETITL
C
C ENTER LINE INTO INDEX USING BLANKS AS SEPARATORS
136 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 137
JOUT=JOUT-1
KONTRL=1
IF(IENTER.GT.0)CALL REINDX
JOUT=JOUT+1
C
C PROCESS REMAINING STATEMENTS IN LINE IF ANY
137 IF(JEND.GE.MAXEND)GO TO 138
IF(LTRBIG(JEND).NE.LTRSEM)GO TO 4
JEND=JEND+1
IENTER=0
GO TO 126
C
C RETURN TO CALLING PROGRAM
138 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE REOUT
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO GENERATE OUTPUT AND LISTING)
C
C THE FORTRAN RENUMBERING PROGRAM RENBR, JAN 1979
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C THIS ROUTINE LISTS STATEMENTS AND COMMENT
C LINES IF LISTING IS REQUESTED, AND OUTPUTS
C NEW COPY OF PROGRAM IF RENUMBERING.
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
IF(NCD.NE.0)GO TO 46
C
C *************************
C * *
C * OUTPUT COMMENT LINE *
C * *
C *************************
C
IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)GO TO 1
KOUNT=KOUNT+1
GO TO 15
C
C SCAN FOR AND REPLACE STATEMENT NUMBERS IN COMMENTS
1 KOMKNT=KOMKNT+1
IF(KNDGRP.GE.0)KNTTWO=KNTTWO+1
KNDGRP=-1
IF(KOMNUM.EQ.0)GO TO 15
LTRNOW=LTR120(1)
DO 2 I=1,MAXCOM
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRCOM(I))GO TO 3
2 CONTINUE
GO TO 15
3 M=0
4 M=M+1
IF(M.GE.MAXPRT)GO TO 15
IF(LTR120(M).NE.LTRREF)GO TO 4
5 IF(LTR120(M+1).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 6
IF(LTR120(M+1).NE.LTRTAB)GO TO 7
6 M=M+1
IF(M.LT.MAXPRT)GO TO 5
7 NUM=0
N=M
8 N=N+1
IF(N.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 10
IF(NUM.GT.9999)GO TO 10
K=0
9 K=K+1
IF(K.GT.10)GO TO 10
IF(LTRDGT(K).NE.LTR120(N))GO TO 9
NUM=(10*NUM)+K-1
GO TO 8
10 IF(NUM.EQ.0)GO TO 4
IPASS=1
CALL RENUMB
L=MTAB+5
K=L
11 IF(N.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 12
K=K+1
LTRBIG(K)=LTR120(N)
N=N+1
GO TO 11
12 MAXPRT=M
13 N=NUM
NUM=NUM/10
N=N-(10*NUM)+1
LTRBIG(L)=LTRDGT(N)
M=M+1
L=L-1
IF(NUM.GT.0)GO TO 13
14 L=L+1
IF(L.GT.K)GO TO 4
IF(MAXPRT.GE.LNGCOM)GO TO 4
MAXPRT=MAXPRT+1
LTR120(MAXPRT)=LTRBIG(L)
GO TO 14
C
C COPY COMMENT LINE EXPANDING TABS
C JTAB IS TAB STOP INTERVAL
15 IF(IPAGE.NE.0)GO TO 16
IF(LTAB.EQ.0)GO TO 44
16 N=MTAB
I=0
J=0
17 IF(J.NE.0)GO TO 18
J=JTAB
IF(J.GT.(KTAB-N))J=KTAB-N
18 I=I+1
J=J-1
N=N+1
IF(LTR120(I).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 20
IF(LTR120(I).NE.LTRTAB)GO TO 20
19 LTRBIG(N)=LTRSPC
IF(J.EQ.0)GO TO 21
N=N+1
J=J-1
GO TO 19
20 LTRBIG(N)=LTR120(I)
21 IF(N.EQ.KTAB)GO TO 22
IF(I.LT.MAXPRT)GO TO 17
C
C OUTPUT COMMENT LINE
22 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 42
23 IF(KNT.LT.KUTPAG)GO TO 25
24 KONTRL=-3
CALL REINDX
CALL RETOP
IF(ISPACE.GT.0)GO TO 27
GO TO 28
25 IF(ISPACE.LE.0)GO TO 28
IF((KNT+ISPACE).GE.KUTPAG)GO TO 24
KNT=KNT+ISPACE
DO 26 L=1,ISPACE
26 WRITE(ILPT,85)
27 ISPACE=-ISPACE
28 KNT=KNT+1
IF(JSPLIT.GT.0)GO TO 34
JSPLIT=-JSPLIT
L=NTAB+1
NTAB=NTAB+58+JSPLIT
K=N
IF(K.GT.NTAB)K=NTAB
M=0
I=L
29 IF(LTRBIG(I).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 30
M=M+1
I=I+1
IF(I.LE.K)GO TO 29
30 J=57+JSPLIT-K+L
IF(J.EQ.0)GO TO 32
IF(M.NE.0)GO TO 31
WRITE(ILPT,92)(LTRSPC,I=1,J),(LTRBIG(I),I=L,K)
GO TO 42
31 WRITE(ILPT,93)M,(LTRSPC,I=1,J),(LTRBIG(I),I=L,K)
GO TO 42
32 IF(M.NE.0)GO TO 33
WRITE(ILPT,92)(LTRBIG(I),I=L,K)
GO TO 41
33 WRITE(ILPT,93)M,(LTRBIG(I),I=L,K)
GO TO 41
34 NTAB=MTAB+58+JSPLIT
IF(N.LE.NTAB)GO TO 35
K=NTAB
GO TO 36
35 K=N
36 IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)GO TO 40
I=LOW2
J=KOUNT
37 L=J
J=J/10
M=L-(10*J)
I=I-1
LTRBIG(I)=LTRDGT(M+1)
IF(I.LE.(MTAB-3))GO TO 38
IF(J.GT.0)GO TO 37
38 J=MTAB-3
39 IF(I.LE.MTAB)LTRBIG(J)=LTRBIG(I)
IF(I.GT.MTAB)LTRBIG(J)=LTRSPC
I=I+1
J=J+1
IF(J.LE.MTAB)GO TO 39
J=MTAB-3
WRITE(ILPT,86)(LTRBIG(I),I=J,K)
GO TO 41
40 WRITE(ILPT,87)(LTRBIG(I),I=LOW2,K)
41 IF(K.GE.N)GO TO 42
JSPLIT=-JSPLIT
GO TO 23
42 IF(INCSAV.NE.0)GO TO 43
IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 45
43 IF(LTAB.EQ.0)GO TO 44
WRITE(IOUT,84)(LTRBIG(I),I=LOW2,N)
GO TO 45
44 WRITE(IOUT,84)(LTR120(I),I=1,MAXPRT)
45 IF(KOMENT.NE.0)GO TO 94
GO TO 97
C
C ******************************
C * *
C * OUTPUT FORTRAN STATEMENT *
C * *
C ******************************
C
46 IF(KNDGRP.LE.0)KNTONE=KNTONE+1
KNDGRP=1
JOUT=JOUT-1
ISTN=LOWER+6
JSTN=1
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 47
IF(ISPACE.LT.0)ISPACE=-ISPACE
C
C PREPARE TO OUTPUT NEXT LINE OF STATEMENT
47 KSTN=ISTN+65
IF(KSTN.LE.JOUT)GO TO 49
IF(ISTN.GT.JOUT)GO TO 94
KSTN=JOUT
GO TO 49
48 KSTN=KSTN-1
49 IF(KSTN.LE.ISTN)GO TO 50
IF(LTRBIG(KSTN).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 48
50 IF(IPAGE.GT.0)GO TO 51
IF(JSTN.GT.1)GO TO 78
GO TO 67
C
C PREPARE TO OUTPUT NEXT LINE OR PART THEREOF
51 IF(KNT.LT.KUTPAG)GO TO 53
52 KONTRL=-3
CALL REINDX
CALL RETOP
GO TO 55
53 IF(ISPACE.EQ.0)GO TO 55
IF(JSTN.NE.1)GO TO 55
IF((KNT+ISPACE).GE.KUTPAG)GO TO 52
KNT=KNT+ISPACE
DO 54 L=1,ISPACE
54 WRITE(ILPT,85)
55 KNT=KNT+1
IF(ISPLIT.LT.0)GO TO 61
C
C WRITE LEFT PART OF FIRST LINE OF STATEMENT TO LISTING
IF(JSTN.GT.1)GO TO 72
IF(ISPLIT.EQ.0)GO TO 56
IF((KSTN-LEFT).LE.(61+ISPLIT))GO TO 56
N=61+LEFT+ISPLIT
ISPLIT=-ISPLIT
GO TO 57
56 N=KSTN
57 IF(ITAB.EQ.0)GO TO 59
IF(LSTN.GT.(LOWER+4))GO TO 59
M=LOWER+5
K=LOWER+4
J=LOWER
I=LSTN-LOWER-1
IF(LSTSTN.GT.LOWER)GO TO 58
J=J-1
I=I+1
58 IF(I.LE.0)GO TO 59
WRITE(ILPT,86)(LTRBIG(L),L=LEFT,J),
1(LTRBIG(L),L=LSTN,K),(LTRSPC,L=1,I),(LTRBIG(L),L=M,N)
GO TO 60
59 WRITE(ILPT,86)(LTRBIG(L),L=LEFT,N)
60 IF(ISPLIT.LT.0)GO TO 51
GO TO 66
C
C WRITE EXCESS CHARACTERS OF ANY LONG LINE TO LISTING
61 ISPLIT=-ISPLIT
N=N+1
I=12+N-KSTN+ISPLIT
J=0
K=N
62 IF(LTRBIG(K).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 63
J=J+1
K=K+1
IF(K.LE.KSTN)GO TO 62
63 IF(J.NE.0)GO TO 64
WRITE(ILPT,90)(LTRSPC,L=1,I),
1(LTRBIG(L),L=N,KSTN)
GO TO 65
64 WRITE(ILPT,91)J,(LTRSPC,L=1,I),
1(LTRBIG(L),L=N,KSTN)
65 IF(JSTN.GT.1)GO TO 77
C
C WRITE INITIAL LINE TO RENUMBERED OUTPUT FILE
66 IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 83
67 IF(ITAB.GT.0)GO TO 69
IF(ITAB.EQ.0)GO TO 71
IF(LSTN.GT.(LOWER+4))GO TO 71
M=LOWER+5
K=LOWER+4
I=LSTN-LOWER-1
IF(LSTSTN.GT.LOWER)GO TO 68
I=I+1
IF(I.LE.0)GO TO 71
WRITE(IOUT,84)(LTRBIG(L),L=LSTN,K),(LTRSPC,L=1,I),
1(LTRBIG(L),L=M,KSTN)
GO TO 83
68 IF(I.LE.0)GO TO 71
WRITE(IOUT,84)LTRBIG(LOWER),(LTRBIG(L),L=LSTN,K),
1(LTRSPC,L=1,I),(LTRBIG(L),L=M,KSTN)
GO TO 83
69 LTRBIG(LOWER+5)=LTRTAB
IF(LSTSTN.GT.LOWER)GO TO 70
WRITE(IOUT,84)(LTRBIG(L),L=LSTN,KSTN)
GO TO 83
70 WRITE(IOUT,84)LTRBIG(LOWER),(LTRBIG(L),L=LSTN,KSTN)
GO TO 83
71 WRITE(IOUT,84)(LTRBIG(L),L=LOWER,KSTN)
GO TO 83
C
C WRITE CONTINUATION LINE TO LISTING FILE
72 IF(ISPLIT.EQ.0)GO TO 73
IF((KSTN-ISTN).LE.(51+ISPLIT))GO TO 73
N=51+ISTN+ISPLIT
ISPLIT=-ISPLIT
GO TO 74
73 N=KSTN
74 IF(LSTSTN.GT.LOWER)GO TO 75
WRITE(ILPT,88)(LTRBIG(L),L=LEFT,LOW1),
1LTRDGT(JSTN),(LTRBIG(L),L=ISTN,N)
GO TO 76
75 WRITE(ILPT,89)(LTRBIG(L),L=LEFT,LOW1),LTRBIG(LOWER),
1LTRDGT(JSTN),(LTRBIG(L),L=ISTN,N)
76 IF(ISPLIT.LT.0)GO TO 51
C
C WRITE CONTINUATION TO RENUMBERED OUTPUT FILE
77 IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 82
78 IF(ITAB.GT.0)GO TO 80
IF(LSTSTN.GT.LOWER)GO TO 79
WRITE(IOUT,84)(LTRSPC,L=1,5),
1LTRDGT(JSTN),(LTRBIG(L),L=ISTN,KSTN)
GO TO 82
79 WRITE(IOUT,84)LTRBIG(LOWER),(LTRSPC,L=1,4),
1LTRDGT(JSTN),(LTRBIG(L),L=ISTN,KSTN)
GO TO 82
80 IF(LSTSTN.GT.LOWER)GO TO 81
WRITE(IOUT,84)LTRTAB,LTRDGT(JSTN),
1(LTRBIG(L),L=ISTN,KSTN)
GO TO 82
81 WRITE(IOUT,84)LTRBIG(LOWER),LTRTAB,LTRDGT(JSTN),
1(LTRBIG(L),L=ISTN,KSTN)
82 IF(JSTN.EQ.10)JSTN=1
83 JSTN=JSTN+1
ISTN=ISTN+66
GO TO 47
C
C FORMAT STATEMENTS FOR LISTING
84 FORMAT(120A1)
85 FORMAT(1X)
86 FORMAT(7X,123A1)
87 FORMAT(11X,119A1)
88 FORMAT(7X,4A1,5X,67A1)
89 FORMAT(7X,5A1,4X,67A1)
90 FORMAT(7X,'----',45X,26A1)
91 FORMAT(7X,'(',1I2,')',45X,26A1)
92 FORMAT(7X,'----',119A1)
93 FORMAT(7X,'(',1I2,')',119A1)
C
C RETURN TO MAIN PROGRAM
94 IF(LSTKNT.NE.KOUNT)GO TO 97
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 95
KONTRL=8
CALL RETITL
I=IPAGE-1
IF(LPTTTY.LE.0)WRITE(ITTY,96)(LTRTOP(J),J=99,117),I
GO TO 97
95 WRITE(ITTY,96)(LTRTOP(J),J=99,117)
96 FORMAT(1X,19A1,1I5)
97 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE REDONE
C RENBR(/RENBR PRINT TABLE OF CONTENTS AND SUMMARY)
C
C DONALD BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
IF(MASTER.EQ.4)GO TO 3
C
C FINISHED WITH THIS PROGRAM
J=LOWDO+1
IF(J.LE.IHIHDO)WRITE(ITTY,12)(NOLD(I),I=J,IHIHDO)
IERR=IERR+IHIHDO-LOWDO
LOWDO=IHIHDO
IF(INCSAV.NE.0)INCR=INCSAV
INCSAV=0
INDENT=INDSAV
IF(KOMENT.EQ.0)NSTN=NSTN+KOUNT
IF(KOMENT.NE.0)NONFOR=NONFOR+KOUNT
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 2
IF(KOUNT.EQ.0)GO TO 1
KONTRL=-1
CALL REINDX
KONTRL=7
CALL RETITL
IF(LRGNUM.LT.LCLNUM)LRGNUM=LCLNUM
IF(LRGPNT.LT.LCLPNT)LRGPNT=LCLPNT
IF(LRGSPL.LT.LCLSPL)LRGSPL=LCLSPL
LCLNUM=0
LCLPNT=0
LCLSPL=0
1 IF(INCR.NE.0)GO TO 2
IF(IEOF.EQ.0)GO TO 9
GO TO 3
2 IF(KOUNT.EQ.0)GO TO 3
IF(JEOF.NE.0)GO TO 9
C
C DUMP REST OF TABLE OF CONTENTS AND STOP
3 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 7
IF(KNTONE.GT.0)KNTONE=NSTN/KNTONE
IF(KNTTWO.GT.0)KNTTWO=KOMKNT/KNTTWO
KONTRL=5
CALL RETITL
IF(IFILL.EQ.0)GO TO 5
4 IF(KNT.GE.IFORM)GO TO 6
WRITE(ILPT,11)
KNT=KNT+1
GO TO 4
5 WRITE(ILPT,10)
6 IF(LPTTTY.GT.0)GO TO 8
KPAGE=IPAGE-KPAGE
IPAGE=IPAGE-1
WRITE(ITTY,13)IPAGE,KPAGE
IF(IBREAK.NE.0)WRITE(ITTY,14)IBREAK
IF(JBREAK.NE.0)WRITE(ITTY,15)JBREAK
7 WRITE(ITTY,16)NSTN,KOMKNT
IF(NONFOR.NE.0)WRITE(ITTY,17)NONFOR
IF(IERR.NE.0)WRITE(ITTY,19)IERR
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 8
IF((IBREAK+JBREAK+ITRACE).NE.0)WRITE(ITTY,18)
1LRGNUM,IHIHDO,KUTNUM,LRGPNT,MAXPNT,KUTPNT,
2LRGSPL,MAXSPL,KUTSPL,LRGTOC,MAXTOC
8 CALL RECLOS(INCR,IOUT,IPAGE,ILPT,LPTTTY)
C IF(INCR.NE.0)CLOSE(UNIT=IOUT)
C IF(IPAGE.NE.0)CLOSE(UNIT=ILPT)
MASTER=0
9 RETURN
C
C FORMAT STATEMENTS FOR TELETYPE OUTPUT
10 FORMAT('1')
11 FORMAT(1X)
12 FORMAT(7X,'Open DO loops',1I5,4I6)
13 FORMAT(8X,'Through Page',1I5/
110X,'Page Total',1I5)
14 FORMAT(1X,'Extra Number Tables',1I5)
15 FORMAT(3X,'Extra Word Tables',1I5)
16 FORMAT(5X,'Statement Total',1I5/
17X,'Comment Total',1I5)
17 FORMAT(4X,'NonFORTRAN Total',1I5)
18 FORMAT(' Storage Summary'/
1' Num ',1I5,'/',1I5,'(-',I3,')'/
2' Wrd Loc',1I5,'/',1I5,'(-',I3,')'/
3' Wrd Spl',1I5,'/',1I5,'(-',I3,')'/
4' Tbl ',1I5,'/',1I5)
19 FORMAT(4X,'Number of Errors',1I5)
END
SUBROUTINE RENUMB
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO FIND REPLACEMENT NUMBERS)
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
IF(INCR.EQ.0)GO TO 11
IF(MSTN.LE.0)GO TO 4
I=MSTN
J=1
K=J
GO TO 2
1 I=K
2 L=(I-J)/2
K=I-L
IF(NUM.EQ.NOLD(K))GO TO 10
IF(NUM.GT.NOLD(K))GO TO 3
C THIS IS FINAL TEST IF I-J=1
IF(L.GT.0)GO TO 1
C ONE TEST TO GO IF I=J+1.
IF(I.LE.J)GO TO 5
K=J
GO TO 1
C THIS WAS FINAL TEST IF I=J
C OR I=J+1.
3 IF(L.LE.0)GO TO 5
J=K
GO TO 2
4 IF(KPASS.GT.0)GO TO 11
5 IERR=IERR+1
IF(NCD.NE.0)GO TO 7
WRITE(ITTY,6)KOUNT,NUM
6 FORMAT(' Comment after line',1I5,
1' references unknown statement',1I5)
GO TO 9
7 WRITE(ITTY,8)KOUNT,NUM
8 FORMAT(1X,'Line',1I5,
1' references unknown statement',1I5)
9 NUM=0
GO TO 11
10 NUM=NNEW(K)
C
C STORE STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCE
11 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 15
IF(IPASS.LE.0)GO TO 15
K=MOST
12 IF(K.LE.MSTN)GO TO 13
IF(NOLD(K).NE.KOUNT)GO TO 13
IF(NNEW(K).EQ.NUM)GO TO 15
K=K-1
GO TO 12
13 IF(MOST.LT.LOWDO)GO TO 14
IF(MSTN.EQ.LOWDO)GO TO 15
KONTRL=-2
CALL REINDX
14 MOST=MOST+1
LCLNUM=LCLNUM+1
NNEW(MOST)=NUM
NOLD(MOST)=KOUNT
IF(IPASS.EQ.2)NOLD(MOST)=-KOUNT
15 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE REINDX
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO STORE AND PRINT INDEX)
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C FORTRAN RENUMBERING MAIN PROGRAM CONTAINS CALLS TO
C THIS ROUTINE WHICH SHOULD BE REMOVED ALONG WITH
C THE PORTION OF RENUMB WHICH STORES STATEMENT
C NUMBER REFERENCES IF THE CROSS REFERENCE TABLE
C AND INDEX ARE NOT WANTED OR IF MORE SPACE IS
C NEEDED. THE REST OF THE FORTRAN RENUMBERING
C PROGRAM DOES NOT REQUIRE THE REINDX ROUTINE.
C
C THE MAXPNT VARIABLE DEFINED IN THIS ROUTINE MUST BE
C THE DIMENSION OF THE NUMPNT ARRAY (OR LESS).
C
C KONTRL = -4, INITIATES NEEDED POINTERS AND ARRAYS
C -3, PRINTS DICTIONARY AND NUMBER LIST IF
C IT IS LIKELY THESE WILL FILL IN NEXT PAGE.
C = -2, STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCES ONLY.
C = -1, PRINTS DICTIONARY AND NUMBER REFERENCES.
C = 0, ENTERS WORDS IN STORAGE IGNORING BLANKS
C = 1, ENTERS WORDS IN STORAGE USING BLANKS AS
C VALID WORD SEPARATORS
C
C ILEVEL = PARENTHESIS COUNT DURING ADDITION OF WORDS
C TO THE DICTIONARY.
C
C JLEVEL = POINTER TO THE LAST NUMPNT ARRAY LOCATION
C AT WHICH A LINE NUMBER WAS STORED WHILE
C AT ZERO PARENTHESIS LEVEL.
C
C KLEVEL = POINTER TO THE LAST NUMPNT ARRAY LOCATION
C AT WHICH A LINE NUMBER WAS STORED IF THE
C PARENTHESIS COUNT HAS NOT CHANGED SINCE THEN
C
C ILPT = UNIT NUMBER ON WHICH OUTPUT IS TO BE PRINTED
C
C LTRBIG = ARRAY CONTAINING IN POSITIONS JBGN THRU
C JOUT WORDS TO BE ADDED TO THE INDEX.
C
C KOUNT = 0, REFERENCE LISTS ARE TO BE PRINTED.
C = 1 OR GREATER IS LINE SEQUENCE NUMBER.
C
C LTRTOP = TITLE TO BE PRINTED AT TOP OF PAGE.
C
C LOWDO = UPPER END OF NOLD AND NNEW AVAILABLE
C (SET IN MAIN PROGRAM)
C
C KUTPAG = NUMBER OF LINES PER PAGE OF OUTPUT.
C
C NUMPNT = ARRAY CONTAINING IN POSITIONS MANY THRU MAXPNT
C POINTERS AND THE LETTERS OF WORDS TO BE
C INDEXED AND CONTAINING IN POSITIONS 1 THRU
C KNTPNT POINTERS AND THE SEQUENCE NUMBERS
C OF THE LINES IN WHICH THESE WORDS APPEAR.
C
C MAXPNT = DIMENSION OF NUMPNT ARRAY.
C (SET INITIALLY WHEN KOUNT = 0 AND IPAGE = 0)
C
C NNEW = ARRAY CONTAINING THE NEW STATEMENT NUMBERS
C CORRESPONDING TO ENTRIES IN NOLD ARRAY.
C
C NOLD = ARRAY CONTAINING IN POSITIONS 1 THRU MSTN
C THE OLD STATEMENT NUMBERS AND CONTAINING IN
C POSITONS MSTN+1 THRU MOST THE SEQUENCE
C NUMBERS OF THE LINES IN WHICH THESE APPEAR.
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
IF(KONTRL.GE.0)GO TO 37
IF(KONTRL.EQ.-1)GO TO 1
IF(KONTRL.EQ.-2)GO TO 2
IF(KONTRL.EQ.-4)GO TO 33
IF((LOWDO-MOST).GT.KUTNUM)GO TO 13
GO TO 2
C
C ORDER STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCE STORAGE
1 IF(MSTN.LE.0)GO TO 2
LOWSHO=1
KPOINT=1
GO TO 3
2 IF(MSTN.GE.MOST)GO TO 12
LOWSHO=MSTN+1
KPOINT=0
3 CALL DASORT(NNEW,LOWSHO,MOST,NOLD)
I=LOWSHO-1
KUTPAG=0
IF(KONTRL.NE.-1)IBREAK=IBREAK+1
IF(NNEW(LOWSHO).EQ.0)LOWSHO=LOWSHO-KPOINT
C
C PRINT STATEMENT NUMBER WITH LINE NUMBER LIST
4 K=0
LOWSHO=LOWSHO+KPOINT
5 I=I+1
IF(I.EQ.MOST)GO TO 6
IF(NNEW(I).GE.NNEW(I+1))GO TO 5
6 L=I
IF(L.GT.(LOWSHO+8))L=LOWSHO+8
IF(KNT.GE.KUTPAG)GO TO 7
IF(K.LE.0)GO TO 8
GO TO 10
7 CALL RETOP
KNT=KNT+3
WRITE(ILPT,117)
8 K=1
IF(LOWSHO.LE.L)GO TO 9
WRITE(ILPT,119)NNEW(LOWSHO-1)
GO TO 11
9 WRITE(ILPT,119)NNEW(LOWSHO),(NOLD(J),J=LOWSHO,L)
GO TO 11
10 WRITE(ILPT,121)(NOLD(J),J=LOWSHO,L)
11 KNT=KNT+1
LOWSHO=L+1
IF(LOWSHO.LE.I)GO TO 6
IF(I.LT.MOST)GO TO 4
C
C SEARCH FOR LOWEST WORD TO BE PRINTED
12 MOST=MSTN
KUTPAG=0
IF(KONTRL.EQ.-1)GO TO 14
IF(KONTRL.EQ.-2)GO TO 116
13 IF((MAXPNT-KNTPNT).LE.KUTPNT)GO TO 14
IF((MAXSPL-KNTSPL).GT.KUTSPL)GO TO 116
14 LCLPNT=LCLPNT+KNTPNT
LCLSPL=LCLSPL+KNTSPL
KUTPAG=0
IF(KONTRL.NE.-1)JBREAK=JBREAK+1
MANY=10
KNTPNT=1
15 IF(JPNT(MANY).NE.0)GO TO 16
MANY=MANY-1
IF(MANY.GT.0)GO TO 15
GO TO 35
16 IF(JPNT(KNTPNT).NE.0)GO TO 17
KNTPNT=KNTPNT+1
GO TO 16
17 NXTLST=KNTPNT
18 M=NXTLST
KNTSPL=JPNT(M)
LOWSHO=NUMPNT(KNTSPL+1)
KPOINT=M+LOWSHO
19 IF(NXTLST.EQ.MANY)GO TO 21
NXTLST=NXTLST+1
IF(JPNT(NXTLST).EQ.0)GO TO 19
I=LOWSHO
J=JPNT(NXTLST)
J=NUMPNT(J+1)
20 IF(LTRSPL(I).LT.LTRSPL(J))GO TO 19
IF(LTRSPL(I).GT.LTRSPL(J))GO TO 18
I=I+1
J=J+1
IF(I.LT.KPOINT)GO TO 20
GO TO 19
C
C PRINT WORD WITH LINE NUMBER LIST
21 J=KNTSPL+3
L=-1
KPOINT=KPOINT-1
K=1
GO TO 24
22 K=0
IF(J.LE.0)GO TO 32
23 J=NUMPNT(J)
IF(J.LE.0)GO TO 25
K=K+1
24 LINREF(K)=NUMPNT(J+1)
IF(K.GE.9)GO TO 26
GO TO 23
25 IF(K.LE.0)GO TO 32
26 IF(KNT.GE.KUTPAG)GO TO 27
IF(L.GE.0)GO TO 30
GO TO 28
27 CALL RETOP
KNT=KNT+2
WRITE(ILPT,118)
28 L=9-KPOINT+LOWSHO
IF(L.GT.0)GO TO 29
WRITE(ILPT,120)(LTRSPL(I),I=LOWSHO,KPOINT),
1(LINREF(I),I=1,K)
GO TO 31
29 WRITE(ILPT,120)(LTRSPL(I),I=LOWSHO,KPOINT),
1(LTRSPC,I=1,L),(LINREF(I),I=1,K)
GO TO 31
30 WRITE(ILPT,121)(LINREF(I),I=1,K)
31 KNT=KNT+1
GO TO 22
32 JPNT(M)=NUMPNT(KNTSPL)
GO TO 15
C
C INITIALIZE NECESSARY CONSTANTS
33 DO 34 I=1,10
34 JPNT(I)=0
KNT=IFORM
35 KNTPNT=0
KNTSPL=0
KUTPAG=0
JLEVEL=0
KLEVEL=0
IF(KONTRL.LT.0)GO TO 116
GO TO 37
C
C FIND FIRST NON-SEPARATOR CHARACTER
36 JBGN=KBGN+1
37 KBGN=JBGN
IF(KBGN.GT.JOUT)GO TO 116
I=1
L=KBGN
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 36
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 36
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 44
38 IF(KBGN.LT.KPYEND)GO TO 39
KPYEND=KPYEND+66
GO TO 38
39 JBGN=KPYEND
GO TO 37
40 L=L+1
41 IF(L.GT.JOUT)GO TO 46
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 40
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 40
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 44
42 IF(L.LT.KPYEND)GO TO 43
KPYEND=KPYEND+66
GO TO 42
43 L=KPYEND
GO TO 41
44 IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTROPR(I))GO TO 45
I=MCHOPR(I)
IF(I.NE.0)GO TO 40
IF(L.EQ.KBGN)GO TO 111
KBGN=L
GO TO 36
45 I=NOTOPR(I)
IF(I.GT.0)GO TO 44
C
C TEST FOR ALPHAMERIC DATA BETWEEN APOSTROPHES
46 IFREAR=1
KEND=KPYEND
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(KBGN)
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRQOT)GO TO 50
LNGNAM=0
47 IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 48
LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRNOW
48 IF(KBGN.GE.JOUT)GO TO 62
KBGN=KBGN+1
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(KBGN)
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRQOT)GO TO 47
IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 49
LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRNOW
49 IF(KBGN.GE.JOUT)GO TO 62
KBGN=KBGN+1
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(KBGN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 49
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 49
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRQOT)GO TO 47
KBGN=KBGN-1
GO TO 62
C
C TEST FOR ALPHAMERIC DATA AFTER NUMBER AND H
50 LNGNAM=0
L=KBGN
LEND=KEND
DO 51 I=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(I))GO TO 51
M=I-1
GO TO 52
51 CONTINUE
GO TO 71
52 LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRNOW
53 L=L+1
54 IF(L.GT.JOUT)GO TO 79
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 53
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 53
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 57
55 IF(L.LT.KEND)GO TO 56
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 55
56 L=KEND
GO TO 54
57 DO 58 I=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(I))GO TO 58
IF(M.GT.9999)GO TO 72
M=10*M+I-1
IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 53
GO TO 52
58 CONTINUE
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRHHH)GO TO 59
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRHHH)GO TO 67
59 KBGN=L
IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 61
LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRHHH
GO TO 61
60 IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 61
LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRBIG(KBGN)
61 IF(M.LE.0)GO TO 62
IF(KBGN.GE.JOUT)GO TO 62
M=M-1
KBGN=KBGN+1
GO TO 60
C
C REMOVE TERMINAL BLANKS FROM ALPHAMERIC STRINGS
62 LTRNOW=LTRNAM(LNGNAM)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 63
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRTAB)GO TO 99
63 LNGNAM=LNGNAM-1
GO TO 62
C
C TEST FOR NUMBER WITH D OR E EXPONENT
C M = .GE.0, ONLY DIGITS FOUND SO FAR.
C SET BY SECTION LOOKING FOR NUMBER AND H
C = -1, DECIMAL POINT FOUND
C = -2, E OR D FOUND AFTER DIGITS OR DECIMAL.
C THIS COULD BE PRODUCED BY IF(10.EQ.I)GOTO1
C = -3, SIGN OR DIGIT AFTER E OR D
64 DO 65 I=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRDGT(I))GO TO 66
65 CONTINUE
IF(M.GE.-1)GO TO 67
IF(M.NE.-2)GO TO 78
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRMNS)GO TO 66
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRPLS)GO TO 79
66 IF(M.LT.-1)M=-3
GO TO 72
67 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREEE)GO TO 69
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWREEE)GO TO 68
LTRNOW=LTREEE
GO TO 69
68 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRDDD)GO TO 69
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRDDD)GO TO 70
LTRNOW=LTRDDD
69 M=-2
GO TO 72
70 IF(M.LT.0)GO TO 79
71 IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDOT)GO TO 79
M=-1
72 IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 73
LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRNOW
73 L=L+1
74 IF(L.GT.JOUT)GO TO 77
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 73
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 73
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 64
75 IF(L.LT.KEND)GO TO 76
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 75
76 L=KEND
GO TO 74
77 IF(M.GE.-2)GO TO 79
78 KBGN=L-1
GO TO 99
C
C FIND FINAL NON-SEPARATOR CHARACTER IN WORD
79 KEND=LEND
LNGNAM=0
GO TO 81
80 IF(KBGN.GE.JOUT)GO TO 99
KBGN=KBGN+1
81 I=1
L=KBGN
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 84
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 84
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 89
82 IF(L.LT.KEND)GO TO 83
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 82
83 KBGN=KEND-1
GO TO 80
84 IF(KONTRL.NE.0)GO TO 99
GO TO 80
85 IF(L.GE.JOUT)GO TO 80
86 L=L+1
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(L)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 85
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 85
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 89
87 IF(L.LT.KEND)GO TO 88
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 87
88 L=KEND-1
GO TO 85
89 IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTROPR(I))GO TO 90
I=MCHOPR(I)
IF(I.LE.0)GO TO 98
IF(L.GE.JOUT)GO TO 91
GO TO 86
90 I=NOTOPR(I)
IF(I.GT.0)GO TO 89
91 IF(LNGNAM.GE.10)GO TO 80
C
C PLACE UPPER CASE FORM OF LETTER INTO LTRNAM ARRAY.
C THIS IS A TERNARY SEARCH TAKING ADVANTAGE OF THE SIZE
C OF ALPHABET BEING NEARLY 3**3. THE 3RD OF THE ARRAY
C CONTAINING THE DESIRED LETTER IS FIRST LOCATED, THEN
C THE 3RD OF THIS 3RD, AND FINALLY EACH OF THE
C REMAINING 3 LETTERS ARE TESTED INDIVIDUALLY. TO
C PREVENT TESTING AGAINST THE 27TH LETTER WHICH DOES
C NOT EXIST, UPPER 3RD IS TAKEN AS UPPER 9 SORTED
C LETTERS, RATHER THAN FROM 19TH THROUGH 27TH LETTERS,
C SO THAT LOWER(18) IS TESTED AGAINST IN UPPER 3RD EVEN
C THOUGH LETTER BEING MATCHED HAS ALREADY BEEN FOUND TO
C BE LARGER THAN THIS.
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(KBGN)
IF(LTRNOW.GT.LWRSRT(18))GO TO 93
IF(LTRNOW.GT.LWRSRT(9))GO TO 92
IF(LTRNOW.LT.LWRSRT(1))GO TO 97
NXTLST=3
GO TO 94
92 NXTLST=12
GO TO 94
93 IF(LTRNOW.GT.LWRSRT(26))GO TO 97
NXTLST=20
94 IF(LTRNOW.LE.LWRSRT(NXTLST))GO TO 95
NXTLST=NXTLST+3
IF(LTRNOW.GT.LWRSRT(NXTLST))NXTLST=NXTLST+3
95 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LWRSRT(NXTLST))GO TO 96
NXTLST=NXTLST-1
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LWRSRT(NXTLST))GO TO 96
NXTLST=NXTLST-1
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRSRT(NXTLST))GO TO 97
96 LTRNOW=LTRSRT(NXTLST)
97 LNGNAM=LNGNAM+1
LTRNAM(LNGNAM)=LTRNOW
GO TO 80
C
C TEST IF WORD IS IN DICTIONARY
98 IFREAR=L-KBGN
KBGN=L
99 NXTLST=JPNT(LNGNAM)
M=0
GO TO 101
100 M=NXTLST
NXTLST=NUMPNT(NXTLST)
101 IF(NXTLST.EQ.0)GO TO 103
KPOINT=NUMPNT(NXTLST+1)
DO 102 I=1,LNGNAM
LTRNOW=LTRNAM(I)
IF(LTRNOW.GT.LTRSPL(KPOINT))GO TO 100
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRSPL(KPOINT))GO TO 103
102 KPOINT=KPOINT+1
GO TO 107
C
C ADD WORD TO DICTIONARY
103 IF((KNTPNT+5).GT.MAXPNT)GO TO 14
IF((KNTSPL+LNGNAM).GT.MAXSPL)GO TO 14
IF(M.NE.0)GO TO 104
JPNT(LNGNAM)=KNTPNT+1
GO TO 105
104 NUMPNT(M)=KNTPNT+1
105 NUMPNT(KNTPNT+1)=NXTLST
NUMPNT(KNTPNT+2)=KNTSPL+1
NUMPNT(KNTPNT+3)=KNTPNT+4
NUMPNT(KNTPNT+4)=0
NUMPNT(KNTPNT+5)=KOUNT
KNTPNT=KNTPNT+5
DO 106 I=1,LNGNAM
KNTSPL=KNTSPL+1
LTRSPL(KNTSPL)=LTRNAM(I)
106 CONTINUE
GO TO 108
C
C STORE LINE SEQUENCE NUMBER
107 I=NUMPNT(NXTLST+2)
M=NUMPNT(I+1)
IF(M.LT.0)M=-M
IF(M.EQ.KOUNT)GO TO 109
IF((KNTPNT+2).GT.MAXPNT)GO TO 14
KNTPNT=KNTPNT+2
NUMPNT(KNTPNT)=KOUNT
NUMPNT(KNTPNT-1)=0
NUMPNT(I)=KNTPNT-1
NUMPNT(NXTLST+2)=KNTPNT-1
108 KLEVEL=KNTPNT
GO TO 110
109 KLEVEL=I+1
110 IF(ILEVEL.EQ.0)JLEVEL=KLEVEL
IF(IFREAR.NE.0)GO TO 36
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(KBGN)
C
C ADJUST PARENTHESIS COUNT OR MARK FOR EQUALS
111 IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREQL)GO TO 113
IF(ILEVEL.NE.0)GO TO 112
C INDICATE EQUALS AT ZERO PARENTHESIS LEVEL
IF(JLEVEL.NE.0)NUMPNT(JLEVEL)=-KOUNT
GO TO 36
C INDICATE EQUALS AT NON-ZERO PARENTHESIS LEVEL
112 IF(KLEVEL.NE.0)NUMPNT(KLEVEL)=-KOUNT
GO TO 36
C ADJUST PARENTHESIS COUNT FOR ( OR )
113 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 114
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRRIT)GO TO 36
ILEVEL=ILEVEL-1
GO TO 115
114 ILEVEL=ILEVEL+1
115 KLEVEL=0
GO TO 36
C
C RETURN TO CALLING PROGRAM
116 RETURN
117 FORMAT(7X,'Statement'/
17X,'Number',8X,'Referenced by'/)
118 FORMAT(7X,'Word',10X,'Contained in'/)
119 FORMAT(7X,1I6,1I9,8I6)
120 FORMAT(7X,10A1,1I5,8I6)
121 FORMAT(16X,9I6)
122 FORMAT(1X)
END
SUBROUTINE RECMND
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO INTERPRET CRENBR COMMAND)
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C KONTRL = 1, LOOK FOR CRENBR AND SWITCHES
C = 2, LOOK FOR CRENBR, IGNORE SWITCHES
C = 3, LOOK FOR EITHER CRENBR OR RENBRSTART
C OR RENBRTITLE AND GET SWITCHES
C = 4, LOOK FOR EITHER CRENBR OR RENBRSTART
C OR RENBRTITLE AND IGNORE SWITCHES
C = 5, LOOK FOR RENBRSTART OR RENBRTITLE
C AND GET SWITCHES
C = 6, LOOK FOR RENBRSTART OR RENBRTITLE
C AND IGNORE SWITCHES
C = -1, RETURNED IF RENBRSTART FOUND
C = -2, RETURNED IF RENBRTITLE IS FOUND
C = 0, RETURNED IF CRENBR FOUND
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C LOOK FOR WORD RENBRSTART ANYWHERE ON LINE
IF(KONTRL.LE.2)GO TO 12
L=MAXPRT
IF(L.GT.72)L=72
K=0
1 IF(K.GE.(L-9))GO TO 11
I=K
K=K+1
J=1
C LOOK FOR RENBR BEFORE LOOKING FOR TITLE OR START
2 I=I+1
IF(I.GT.L)GO TO 11
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 2
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 2
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRKEY(J))GO TO 3
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRKEY(J))GO TO 1
3 J=J+1
IF(J.LE.5)GO TO 2
C LOOK FOR WORD TITLE FOLLOWING RENBR
J=1
4 I=I+1
IF(I.GT.L)GO TO 11
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 4
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 4
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTTL(J))GO TO 5
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRTTL(J))GO TO 6
5 J=J+1
IF(J.LE.5)GO TO 4
J=KONTRL
KONTRL=-2
GO TO 10
C LOOK FOR WORD START FOLLOWING RENBR
6 IF(J.NE.1)GO TO 1
GO TO 8
7 I=I+1
IF(I.GT.L)GO TO 11
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 7
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 7
8 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRBGN(J))GO TO 9
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRBGN(J))GO TO 1
9 J=J+1
IF(J.LE.5)GO TO 7
J=KONTRL
KONTRL=-1
10 IF(J.EQ.6)GO TO 58
GO TO 17
11 IF(KONTRL.GT.4)GO TO 58
C
C LOOK FOR THE WORD RENBR FOLLOWING INITIAL C
12 LTRNOW=LTR120(1)
DO 13 I=1,MAXCOM
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRCOM(I))GO TO 14
13 CONTINUE
GO TO 58
14 I=1
J=1
15 IF(I.EQ.MAXPRT)GO TO 58
I=I+1
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 15
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 15
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRKEY(J))GO TO 16
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRKEY(J))GO TO 58
16 J=J+1
IF(J.LE.5)GO TO 15
J=KONTRL
KONTRL=0
IF(J.EQ.2)GO TO 58
17 IF(J.EQ.4)GO TO 58
C
C LOOK FOR ONE OF THE LETTERS B I M N O
18 IF(I.EQ.MAXPRT)GO TO 58
I=I+1
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 22
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 18
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 18
J=1
19 IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRFLG(J))GO TO 20
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LWRFLG(J))GO TO 20
J=J+1
IF(J.LE.3)GO TO 19
IF(IPASS.NE.0)GO TO 18
IF(J.LE.8)GO TO 19
GO TO 18
20 J=J-1
IF(J.NE.0)GO TO 40
C
C LETTER R IS FOLLOWED BY CHARACTER TO INDICATE
C STATEMENT NUMBER REFERENCE IN COMMENT LINES
21 IF(I.EQ.MAXPRT)GO TO 58
I=I+1
IF(LTR120(I).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 21
IF(LTR120(I).EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 21
KOMNUM=1
LTRREF=LTR120(I)
GO TO 18
C
C LETTER ( INDICATES CHANGED PROGRAM NAME
22 L=0
J=0
23 IF(I.EQ.MAXPRT)GO TO 25
I=I+1
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRRIT)GO TO 25
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSLA)GO TO 24
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 23
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 23
IF(L.EQ.6)GO TO 23
L=L+1
LTRUSE(L)=LTRNOW
GO TO 23
24 J=1
25 IF(L.EQ.0)GO TO 33
IF(ITITLE.LT.0)GO TO 27
ITITLE=L
M=117
26 LTRTOP(M)=LTRSPC
IF(L.GT.0)LTRTOP(M)=LTRUSE(L)
M=M-1
L=L-1
IF(M.GT.111)GO TO 26
GO TO 33
27 M=-ITITLE
K=6-L
N=L
28 LTRTOP(M)=LTRUSE(L)
L=L-1
M=M-1
IF(L.GT.0)GO TO 28
29 IF(K.LE.0)GO TO 30
LTRTOP(M)=LTRSPC
M=M-1
K=K-1
GO TO 29
30 IF(IPAGE.LE.0)GO TO 32
K=6*KNTTOC-6
DO 31 M=1,6
K=K+1
LTRTOC(K)=LTRSPC
IF(M.LE.N)LTRTOC(K)=LTRUSE(M)
31 CONTINUE
32 CONTINUE
C
C / IN PARENTHESES INDICATES NEW SUBTITLE
33 IF(J.EQ.0)GO TO 18
K=54
L=0
34 IF(I.GE.MAXPRT)GO TO 38
I=I+1
IF(LTR120(I).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 34
IF(LTR120(I).EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 34
GO TO 36
35 IF(I.GE.MAXPRT)GO TO 38
I=I+1
36 LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRLFT)J=J+1
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRRIT)GO TO 37
J=J-1
IF(J.EQ.0)GO TO 38
37 IF(L.GE.44)GO TO 35
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 35
L=L+1
K=K+1
LTRTOP(K)=LTRNOW
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 35
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)LTRTOP(K)=LTRSPC
GO TO 35
38 IF(L.EQ.0)GO TO 18
39 IF(L.GE.44)GO TO 18
L=L+1
K=K+1
LTRTOP(K)=LTRSPC
GO TO 39
C
C LOOK FOR NUMBER FOLLOWING ONE OF LETTERS B I N OR O.
C N SWITCH (J=5, 6TH ITEM IN LTRFLG OR LWRFLG ARRAY) IS
C ALWAYS CONVERTED TO O SWITCH OF SAME CASE.
C O SWITCH (J=6) IS REMOVED IF N SWITCH HAS ALREADY
C BEEN FOUND (MODNEW.NE.0).
C O SWITCH IS LEFT INTACT IF N SWITCH HAS NOT BEEN
C FOUND (MODNEW=0).
40 IF(KMDMIN.NE.0)GO TO 18
IF(KMDMAX.GT.0)GO TO 18
L=0
NUM=0
IF(J.EQ.5)GO TO 41
IF(J.NE.6)GO TO 42
IF(MODNEW.NE.0)LTR120(I)=LTRSPC
GO TO 42
41 LTR120(I)=LTRFLG(7)
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRFLG(6))LTR120(I)=LWRFLG(7)
42 I=I+1
IF(I.GT.MAXPRT)GO TO 48
LTRNOW=LTR120(I)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 43
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRTAB)GO TO 44
43 IF(L.LE.0)GO TO 42
GO TO 48
44 DO 46 K=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(K))GO TO 46
IF(L.GT.1)GO TO 45
NUM=(10*NUM)+K-1
L=1
GO TO 47
45 NUM=(10*NUM)-K+1
GO TO 47
46 CONTINUE
IF(L.GT.0)GO TO 48
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRPLS)L=1
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRMNS)L=2
IF(L.GT.0)GO TO 47
IF(L.NE.0)GO TO 48
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRCLN)L=-1
IF(L.EQ.0)GO TO 48
47 IF(J.NE.6)GO TO 42
IF(MODNEW.NE.0)LTR120(I)=LTRSPC
GO TO 42
C
C NUMBER FOUND
48 I=I-1
IF(J.EQ.4)GO TO 50
IF(NUM.LT.0)NUM=0
GO TO (54,55,49,50,51,52,53,56)J
49 MODBAS=NUM
GO TO 18
50 MODINC=NUM
GO TO 18
51 MODNEW=NUM
GO TO 18
52 MODOLD=NUM
GO TO 18
53 MODMIN=NUM
J=8
GO TO 40
54 LNGNXT=NUM
IF(LNGNXT.LT.72)LNGNXT=LNGNXT+72
IF(LNGNXT.GT.120)LNGNXT=120
GO TO 18
55 INDENT=NUM
GO TO 18
56 IF(NUM.GT.0)GO TO 57
IF(MODMIN.GT.0)NUM=99999
IF(MODMIN.EQ.0)MODMIN=-1
57 IF(MODMIN.EQ.0)MODMIN=1
MODMAX=NUM
GO TO 18
C
C RETURN TO CALLING PROGRAM
58 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE RETITL
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO FIND ROUTINE NAMES)
C
C ROUTINE TO TEST FOR APPEARANCE OF WORDS
C FUNCTION, BLOCK DATA OR SUBROUTINE IN
C LINE OF TEXT STARTING AT ISTART THROUGH MAXPRT
C AND COPY MATCHED WORD AND NEXT 6 NON-BLANK
C CHARACTERS (UP TO LEFT PARENTHESIS OR EQUAL
C SIGN) INTO LTRTOP ARRAY.
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C LTRBIG = ARRAY CONTAINING ALPHAMERIC DATA TO BE
C SEARCHED FOR MATCH AGAINST WORDS IN
C LTRTYP ARRAY.
C MAXPRT = SUBSCRIPT OF FINAL CHARACTER IN LTRBIG
C ARRAY.
C KONTRL = 1, DUMP TABLE IF FULL, AND INSERT NEW TITLE
C INTO TABLE, SEARCH STATEMENT STARTING AT
C JSTN OR USE NAME IN LTRUSE IF ANY.
C NUMPRS(IBR+4) CONTAINS LOCATION IN NUMTYP
C ARRAY CONTAINING START OF ROUTINE TYPE.
C = 2, DUMP TABLE IF FULL, AND INSERT NEW TITLE
C INTO TABLE. IBR IS LOCATION IN NUMTYP
C ARRAY CONTAINING START OF ROUTINE TYPE.
C = 3, SAME AS 2 EXCEPT ROUTINE TYPE ISN'T TO
C BE INSERTED INTO LTRTOP.
C = 4, DUMP TABLE IF FULL, INSERT NOTHING.
C = 5, DUMP TABLE IF IT CONTAINS ANYTHING,
C INSERT NOTHING. USED FOR FINAL TABLE.
C = 6, INITIALIZE TABLE STORAGE.
C = 7, INSERT LINE COUNT INTO CURRENT ITEM.
C = 8, INSERT PAGE NUMBER INTO CURRENT ITEM.
C LTRTOP = ARRAY INTO WHICH MATCH AND NEXT 6
C NON-BLANK CHARACTERS ARE TO BE PACKED.
C IPAGE = CURRENT PAGE NUMBER IN LISTING
C ILPT = UNIT ON WHICH TABLE OF CONTENTS IS WRITTEN.
C KNT = NUMBER OF LINES ALREADY ON PRESENT PAGE.
C KUTPAG = NUMBER OF LINES PER LISTER PAGE.
C KNTTOC = NUMBER OF LOCATIONS IN NUMTOC ARRAY
C IN USE.
C MAXTOC = EFFECTIVE DIMENSION OF NUMTOC ARRAY.
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C
C
GO TO(6,6,6,6,5,1,4,3),KONTRL
C
C INITIALIZE
1 KNTTOC=0
C
C LOWER EFFECTIVE SIZE OF NUMTOC ARRAY IF PAGE SIZE
C COULD GIVE PARTIAL TRAILING PAGE IN TABLE OF CONTENTS
LMTTOC=(JFORM-JMPBGN-JMPEND-4)/2
MAXTOC=INITOC
LRGTOC=0
IF(MAXTOC.LE.LMTTOC)GO TO 51
I=0
2 I=I+LMTTOC
IF(I.LE.MAXTOC)GO TO 2
MAXTOC=I-LMTTOC
GO TO 51
C
C INSERT PAGE NUMBER INTO CURRENT ITEM
3 IF(KNTTOC.NE.0)NUMTOC(4*KNTTOC-2)=IPAGE-1
GO TO 51
C
C INSERT LINE COUNT FOR CURRENT ITEM
4 IF(KNTTOC.GT.0)NUMTOC(4*KNTTOC-1)=KOUNT-LSTKNT+1
GO TO 51
C
C CHECK IF TABLE OF CONTENTS MUST BE PRINTED NOW
5 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 51
IF(KNTTOC.EQ.0)GO TO 51
GO TO 7
6 IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 36
IF(KNTTOC.LT.MAXTOC)GO TO 36
7 CONTINUE
C
C CONVERT LOWER CASE ROUTINE NAMES TO UPPER CASE
LOCALB=0
LOCALC=6*KNTTOC
8 LOCALB=LOCALB+1
IF(LOCALB.GT.LOCALC)GO TO 15
LTRNOW=LTRTOC(LOCALB)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 8
IF(LTRNOW.GT.LWRSRT(26))GO TO 8
LOCALA=0
9 LOCALA=LOCALA+1
IF(LTRNOW.GT.LWRSRT(LOCALA))GO TO 9
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LWRSRT(LOCALA))LTRTOC(LOCALB)=LTRSRT(LOCALA)
GO TO 8
C
C DETERMINE ALPHABETICAL ORDERING OF ROUTINES
10 LOCALA=LOWTOC
LOCALF=0
11 LOCALB=(6*LOCALA)-5
LOCALE=(6*NOWTOC)+1
DO 12 LOCALC=1,6
IF(LTRTOC(LOCALB).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 13
IF(LTRTOC(LOCALE).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 14
IF(LTRTOC(LOCALB).LT.LTRTOC(LOCALE))GO TO 13
IF(LTRTOC(LOCALB).GT.LTRTOC(LOCALE))GO TO 14
LOCALB=LOCALB+1
12 LOCALE=LOCALE+1
13 LOCALF=4*LOCALA
LOCALA=NUMTOC(LOCALF)
IF(LOCALA.NE.0)GO TO 11
14 IF(LOCALF.EQ.0)GO TO 16
NUMTOC(LOCALF)=NOWTOC+1
NUMTOC(4*NOWTOC+4)=LOCALA
GO TO 17
15 LOWTOC=0
NOWTOC=0
16 NUMTOC(4*NOWTOC+4)=LOWTOC
LOWTOC=NOWTOC+1
17 NOWTOC=NOWTOC+1
IF(NOWTOC.LT.KNTTOC)GO TO 10
C
C PRINT THE TABLE OF CONTENTS
LRGTOC=LRGTOC+KNTTOC
DO 35 JTBL=1,ITBL
IPOINT=1
KUTPAG=0
NOWTOC=LOWTOC
18 IF(KNT.LT.(KUTPAG-1))GO TO 31
KPAGE=KPAGE-1
KUTPAG=JMPEND
JMPEND=JMPBGN
JMPBGN=KUTPAG
KUTPAG=JFORM-KUTPAG
IF(IFILL.NE.0)GO TO 21
IF(JMPEND.GT.0)GO TO 20
WRITE(ILPT,19)(LTRTOP(I),I=1,54)
19 FORMAT('1',6X,54A1,' Table of')
KNT=1
GO TO 27
20 WRITE(ILPT,19)
KNT=1
GO TO 24
21 IF(KNT.GE.IFORM)GO TO 23
KNT=KNT+1
WRITE(ILPT,22)
22 FORMAT(1X)
GO TO 21
23 KNT=KNT-IFORM
24 IF(KNT.GE.JMPEND)GO TO 25
WRITE(ILPT,22)
KNT=KNT+1
GO TO 24
25 WRITE(ILPT,26)(LTRTOP(I),I=1,54)
26 FORMAT(7X,54A1,' Table of')
KNT=KNT+1
27 KNT=KNT+3
IF(KONTRL.NE.5)GO TO 29
IF((IPOINT+LMTTOC).LE.KNTTOC)GO TO 29
WRITE(ILPT,28)NSTN,KOMKNT,NONFOR,KNTONE,KNTTWO
28 FORMAT(7X,'Statements',1I6,
1', Comments',1I6,', NonFORTRAN',1I6,5X,'Contents'/
27X,'(Avg Group)',1I5,','1I15/
330X,'Page',23X,'Length',3X,'Page')
GO TO 31
29 WRITE(ILPT,30)
30 FORMAT(62X,'Contents'/
11X/30X,'Page',23X,'Length',3X,'Page')
31 KNT=KNT+2
C FIND NEXT ITEM ALPHABETICALLY
LOCALB=6*NOWTOC
LOCALA=LOCALB-5
NOWTOC=4*NOWTOC
LOCALD=NUMTOC(NOWTOC-3)
LOCALC=NUMTYP(LOCALD)
LOCALD=NUMTYP(LOCALD+1)-1
LOCALE=12-LOCALD+LOCALC
LOCALF=NOWTOC-2
C GET ITEM BY ORDER OF APPEARANCE
LOCALK=NUMTOC(4*IPOINT-3)
LOCALJ=NUMTYP(LOCALK)
LOCALK=NUMTYP(LOCALK+1)-1
LOCALI=(6*IPOINT)
LOCALH=LOCALI-5
32 IF(LTRTOC(LOCALI).NE.LTRSPC)GO TO 33
LOCALI=LOCALI-1
IF(LOCALI.GT.LOCALH)GO TO 32
33 LOCALG=17-LOCALK+LOCALJ-LOCALI+LOCALH
LOCALL=4*IPOINT-1
LOCALM=LOCALL-1
WRITE(ILPT,34)
1(LTRTOC(I),I=LOCALA,LOCALB),
2(LTRTYP(I),I=LOCALC,LOCALD),
3(LTRSPC,I=1,LOCALE),
4NUMTOC(LOCALF),
5(LTRSPC,I=1,LOCALG),
6(LTRTOC(I),I=LOCALH,LOCALI),LTRSPC,
7(LTRTYP(I),I=LOCALJ,LOCALK),
8NUMTOC(LOCALL),NUMTOC(LOCALM)
34 FORMAT(1X/7X,6A1,1X,13A1,1I7,4X,20A1,1I5,1I7)
IPOINT=IPOINT+1
NOWTOC=NUMTOC(NOWTOC)
IF(NOWTOC.GT.0)GO TO 18
35 CONTINUE
KNTTOC=0
KUTPAG=0
C
C SEARCH FOR PROGRAM TYPE
36 IF(KONTRL.GE.4)GO TO 51
L=IBR
IF(KONTRL.EQ.3)GO TO 44
IF(KONTRL.EQ.1)L=NUMPRS(L+4)
I=NUMTYP(L)
J=NUMTYP(L+1)
C
C INSERT PROGRAM TYPE NAME INTO LTRTOP
37 K=ININAM+18
38 J=J-1
LTRTOP(K)=LTRTYP(J)
K=K-1
IF(J.GT.I)GO TO 38
LTRTOP(K)=LTRSPC
K=K-1
I=ITITLE
ITITLE=-K
C
C INSERT NEXT 6 LETTERS INTO LTRTOP
M=6*KNTTOC
IF(I.GT.0)GO TO 45
IF(KONTRL.EQ.2)GO TO 48
I=K-5
J=I
IPOINT=JSTN
KEND=IEND
39 IF(IPOINT.GE.JEND)GO TO 43
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(IPOINT)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 40
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 40
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRLFT)GO TO 43
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTREXC)GO TO 41
LTRTOP(I)=LTRBIG(IPOINT)
M=M+1
IF(IPAGE.GT.0)LTRTOC(M)=LTRBIG(IPOINT)
I=I+1
IF(I.GT.K)GO TO 43
40 IPOINT=IPOINT+1
GO TO 39
41 IF(IPOINT.LT.KEND)GO TO 42
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 41
42 IPOINT=KEND
GO TO 39
C
C SHIFT LETTERS OF 6 (OR LESS) LETTERS RIGHT
43 IF(I.EQ.J)GO TO 48
I=I-1
LTRTOP(K)=LTRTOP(I)
K=K-1
GO TO 43
C
C KONTRL=6, DON'T SEARCH INPUT LINE
44 IF(ITITLE.LT.0)GO TO 51
I=ITITLE
K=ININAM+18
M=6*KNTTOC
ITITLE=-K
C
C FILL IN NAME SPECIFIED BY CRENBR LINE
45 J=0
46 IF(I.EQ.0)GO TO 48
LTRTOP(K)=LTRUSE(I)
I=I-1
J=J+1
K=K-1
M=M+1
IF(IPAGE.GT.0)LTRTOC(M)=LTRUSE(J)
GO TO 46
C
C FILL IN REST OF LTRTOP WITH BLANKS
47 LTRTOP(K)=LTRSPC
K=K-1
48 IF(K.GE.ININAM)GO TO 47
C
C FILL REST OF ROUTINE NAME WITH SPACES
IF(IPAGE.EQ.0)GO TO 51
J=(6*KNTTOC)+6
49 IF(M.GE.J)GO TO 50
M=M+1
LTRTOC(M)=LTRSPC
GO TO 49
50 NUMTOC(4*KNTTOC+1)=L
NUMTOC(4*KNTTOC+2)=IPAGE
KNTTOC=KNTTOC+1
C
C RETURN TO CALLING PROGRAM
51 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE RENEXT
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO FIND SEPARATOR CHARACTERS)
C
C ROUTINE TO LOCATE THE NEXT SEPARATOR CHARACTER
C GROUPING IN LINE OF TEXT.
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C THE NECESSARY INFORMATION IS AS FOLLOWS
C
C LTRBIG = ARRAY CONTAINING TEXT TO BE SEARCHED
C JEND = SUBSCRIPT OF LETTER FOLLOWING FINAL LETTER
C TO BE TESTED
C INIOPR = RETURNED WITH SUBSCRIPT OF FIRST CHARACTER
C OF THE SEPARATOR
C JSTN = RETURNED WITH SUBSCRIPT OF FINAL CHARACTER
C OF THE THE SEPARATOR
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
C TEST FOR ALPHAMERIC DATA BETWEEN APOSTROPHES
KEND=IEND
INIOPR=JSTN
IALPHA=0
1 IF(INIOPR.GE.JEND)GO TO 27
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(INIOPR)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 4
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 4
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 5
IF(INIOPR.LE.INRSTR(INRFND))GO TO 2
INRFND=INRFND+1
INRSTR(INRFND)=INIOPR
2 IF(INIOPR.LT.KEND)GO TO 3
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 2
3 INIOPR=KEND-1
4 INIOPR=INIOPR+1
GO TO 1
5 IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRQOT)GO TO 8
IALPHA=1
6 INIOPR=INIOPR+1
IF(INIOPR.GE.JEND)GO TO 27
IF(LTRBIG(INIOPR).NE.LTRQOT)GO TO 6
7 INIOPR=INIOPR+1
IF(INIOPR.GE.JEND)GO TO 27
IF(LTRBIG(INIOPR).EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 7
IF(LTRBIG(INIOPR).EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 7
IF(LTRBIG(INIOPR).NE.LTRQOT)GO TO 17
GO TO 6
C
C TEST FOR ALPHAMERIC DATA AFTER NUMBER AND H
8 DO 9 M=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(M))GO TO 9
JSTN=M-1
GO TO 10
9 CONTINUE
GO TO 17
10 INIOPR=INIOPR+1
IF(INIOPR.GE.JEND)GO TO 27
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(INIOPR)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 10
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 13
IF(INIOPR.LE.INRSTR(INRFND))GO TO 11
INRFND=INRFND+1
INRSTR(INRFND)=INIOPR
11 IF(INIOPR.LT.KEND)GO TO 12
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 11
12 INIOPR=KEND-1
GO TO 10
13 DO 14 M=1,10
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTRDGT(M))GO TO 14
IF(JSTN.GT.9999)GO TO 14
JSTN=10*JSTN+M-1
GO TO 10
14 CONTINUE
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRHHH)GO TO 15
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LWRHHH)GO TO 17
15 IALPHA=1
INIOPR=INIOPR+JSTN+1
IF(INIOPR.GE.JEND)GO TO 26
GO TO 17
C
C TEST FOR SEPARATOR CHARACTERS
16 INIOPR=INIOPR+1
IF(INIOPR.GE.JEND)GO TO 27
17 M=1
LEND=KEND
JSTN=INIOPR
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 16
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 16
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSEM)GO TO 25
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 23
IF(JSTN.LE.INRSTR(INRFND))GO TO 18
INRFND=INRFND+1
INRSTR(INRFND)=JSTN
18 IF(INIOPR.LT.KEND)GO TO 19
KEND=KEND+66
GO TO 18
19 INIOPR=KEND-1
GO TO 16
20 JSTN=JSTN+1
IF(JSTN.GE.JEND)GO TO 16
LTRNOW=LTRBIG(JSTN)
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRSPC)GO TO 20
IF(LTRNOW.EQ.LTRTAB)GO TO 20
IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTREXC)GO TO 23
IF(JSTN.LE.INRSTR(INRFND))GO TO 21
INRFND=INRFND+1
INRSTR(INRFND)=JSTN
21 IF(JSTN.LT.LEND)GO TO 22
LEND=LEND+66
GO TO 21
22 JSTN=LEND-1
GO TO 20
23 IF(LTRNOW.NE.LTROPR(M))GO TO 24
M=MCHOPR(M)
IF(M.LE.0)GO TO 28
GO TO 20
24 M=NOTOPR(M)
IF(M.LE.0)GO TO 16
GO TO 23
25 JEND=INIOPR
26 INIOPR=JEND
27 JSTN=JEND
28 RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE RETOP
C RENBR(/RENBR ROUTINE TO GENERATE PAGE HEADINGS)
C
C THE FORTRAN RENUMBERING PROGRAM RENBR, JAN 1979
C
C DONALD E. BARTH, DIVISION OF COMPUTER SERVICES
C HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. 02163
C
C THIS ROUTINE GENERATES PAGE HEADERS FOR ALL BUT
C THE TABLE OF CONTENTS
C
COMMON/RNBONE/I ,IALPHA,IBASE ,IBR ,IBREAK,
1IEND ,IENTER,IEOF ,IERR ,IFILL ,IFORM ,IFREAR,
2IHIHDO,IIN ,ILEVEL,ILPT ,INCR ,INCSAV,INDENT,
3INDSAV,ININAM,INIOPR,INIPRT,INITOC,INRCPY,INRFND,
4IOUT ,IPAGE ,IPASS ,IPOINT,ISPACE,ISPLIT,ISPR ,
5ISTART,ISTN ,ITAB ,ITBL ,ITITLE,ITRACE,ITTY ,
6J ,JBGN ,JBREAK,JEND ,JEOF ,JFORM ,JIN ,
7JIN1 ,JLEVEL,JMPBGN,JMPEND,JOBNUM,JOUT ,JPASS ,
8JPOINT,JSPLIT,JSTN ,JTAB ,JTBL ,JTTY ,K ,
9KBGN ,KEND ,KLEVEL,KMDMAX,KMDMIN,KNDGRP,KNT
C
COMMON/RNBTWO/KNTONE,KNTPNT,KNTSPL,KNTTOC,KNTTWO,
1KOMENT,KOMKNT,KOMNUM,KONTRL,KOUNT ,KPAGE ,KPASS ,
2KPOINT,KPYEND,KSTN ,KTAB ,KUTNUM,KUTPAG,KUTPNT,
3KUTSPL,L ,LCLNUM,LCLPNT,LCLSPL,LEFT ,LEND ,
4LIKE ,LMTTOC,LNGCOM,LNGNAM,LNGNXT,LOWDO ,LOWER ,
5LOWSHO,LOWTOC,LOW1 ,LOW2 ,LPOINT,LPTTTY,LRGNUM,
6LRGPNT,LRGSPL,LRGTOC,LSTKNT,LSTN ,LSTSTN,LTAB ,
7M ,MANY ,MASTER,MAXCOM,MAXEND,MAXLIN,MAXPNT,
8MAXPRT,MAXSPL,MAXTOC,MID ,MODBAS,MODINC,MODMAX,
9MODMIN,MODNEW,MODOLD,MOST ,MOVE ,MSTN ,MTAB
C
COMMON/RNBTHR/N ,NCD ,NEED ,NEWNUM,NEWSTN,
1NONFOR,NOWTOC,NSTN ,NTAB ,NUM ,NXTEND,NXTLST
C
COMMON/RNBFOU/INRSTR(21) ,JPNT(10) ,LINREF(9) ,
1 MCHOPR(51) ,NNEW(1000) ,NOLD(1000) ,NOTOPR(51) ,
2 NUMPNT(5000),NUMPRS(655) ,NUMTOC(112) ,NUMTYP(7)
C
COMMON/RNBFIV/LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,LTRQOT,
2LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,LTRTAB,LTR1ST,
3LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
COMMON/RNBSIX/LTRABC(26) ,LTRBGN(5) ,LTRBIG(2211),
1 LTRCOM(6) ,LTRDGT(10) ,LTREND(3) ,LTRFLG(8) ,
2 LTRKEY(5) ,LTRNAM(10) ,LTROPR(51) ,LTRPRS(331) ,
3 LTRSPL(2000),LTRSRT(26) ,LTRTOC(168) ,LTRTOP(117) ,
4 LTRTTL(5) ,LTRTYP(55) ,LTRUSE(6) ,LTR120(120) ,
5 LWRABC(26) ,LWRBGN(5) ,LWREND(3) ,LWRFLG(8) ,
6 LWRKEY(5) ,LWRPRS(331) ,LWRSRT(26) ,LWRTTL(5)
C
C SINGLE CHARACTER VARIABLES IN COMMON/RNBFIV/
CHARACTER*1 LTRCLN,LTRDDD,LTRDOT,LTREEE,LTREQL,
1 LTREXC,LTRHHH,LTRLFT,LTRMNS,LTRNOW,LTRPLS,
2 LTRQOT,LTRREF,LTRRIT,LTRSEM,LTRSLA,LTRSPC,
3 LTRTAB,LTR1ST,LTR2ND,LWRDDD,LWREEE,LWRHHH
C
C CHARACTER ARRAYS IN COMMON/RNBSIX/
CHARACTER*1 LTRABC,LTRBGN,LTRBIG,LTRCOM,LTRDGT,
1 LTREND,LTRFLG,LTRKEY,LTRNAM,LTROPR,LTRPRS,
2 LTRSPL,LTRSRT,LTRTOC,LTRTOP,LTRTTL,LTRTYP,
3 LTRUSE,LTR120,LWRABC,LWRBGN,LWREND,LWRFLG,
4 LWRKEY,LWRPRS,LWRSRT,LWRTTL
C
KUTPAG=JMPEND
JMPEND=JMPBGN
JMPBGN=KUTPAG
KUTPAG=JFORM-KUTPAG
IF(IFILL.NE.0)GO TO 2
IF(JMPEND.GT.0)GO TO 1
WRITE(ILPT,8)(LTRTOP(LPOINT),LPOINT=1,54),IPAGE,
1 (LTRTOP(LPOINT),LPOINT=55,117)
KNT=3
GO TO 6
1 WRITE(ILPT,8)
KNT=1
GO TO 4
2 IF(KNT.GE.IFORM)GO TO 3
KNT=KNT+1
WRITE(ILPT,7)
GO TO 2
3 KNT=KNT-IFORM
4 IF(KNT.GE.JMPEND)GO TO 5
WRITE(ILPT,7)
KNT=KNT+1
GO TO 4
5 WRITE(ILPT,9)(LTRTOP(LPOINT),LPOINT=1,54),IPAGE,
1 (LTRTOP(LPOINT),LPOINT=55,117)
KNT=KNT+3
6 IPAGE=IPAGE+1
RETURN
7 FORMAT(1X)
8 FORMAT('1',6X,54A1,'Page',1I5/7X,63A1/1X)
9 FORMAT(7X,54A1,'Page',1I5/7X,63A1/1X)
END
SUBROUTINE DASORT(IARRAY,ILOWER,IUPPER,JARRAY)
C RENBR(/BUBBLE SORT ROUTINE)
C
C DONALD BARTH, CHEMISTRY DEPT., HARVARD UNIVERSITY
C
C REGIONS CONTAINING INITIAL ORDERING ARE SWAPPED BY
C THREADING ITEMS BEING MOVED INTO THEIR NEW LOCATIONS.
C
C IARRAY = THE ARRAY TO BE SORTED.
C ILOWER = LOWEST SUBSCRIPT OF REGION TO BE SORTED.
C IUPPER = HIGHEST SUBSCRIPT OF REGION TO BE SORTED.
C JARRAY = ARRAY TO BE HELD PARALLEL TO IARRAY.
C
DIMENSION IARRAY(1),JARRAY(1)
C
C FIND UPPER END OF LOWER REGION TO BE SWAPPED
IPNTR=ILOWER
1 MID=IPNTR
IPNTR=IPNTR+1
2 IF(IPNTR.GT.IUPPER)GO TO 12
IF(IARRAY(IPNTR).GE.IARRAY(MID))GO TO 1
C
C FIND LOWER END OF LOWER REGION TO BE SWAPPED
ITEST=IARRAY(IPNTR)
LOW=ILOWER
3 IF(ITEST.LT.IARRAY(LOW))GO TO 4
LOW=LOW+1
GO TO 3
C
C FIND UPPER END OF UPPER REGION TO BE SWAPPED
4 JTEST=IARRAY(LOW)
5 MAX=IPNTR
IPNTR=IPNTR+1
IF(IPNTR.GT.IUPPER)GO TO 6
ITEST=IARRAY(IPNTR)
IF(ITEST.LT.IARRAY(MAX))GO TO 6
IF(ITEST.LT.JTEST)GO TO 5
C
C PERFORM THE THREADED SWAP OF ORDERED REGIONS
C
C IF THERE WERE SEVERAL PARALLEL ARRAYS, IT MIGHT
C BE CONVENIENT TO REPLACE THE FOLLOWING SECTION BY
C CALLS TO THE SWAPPING ROUTINE DASWAP SIMILAR TO
C
C CALL DASWAP(IARRAY,LOW,MID,MAX)
C CALL DASWAP(JARRAY,LOW,MID,MAX)
C
6 ITEST=LOW-MAX-1
LAST=MAX
LOW=LOW-MID-1
JTEST=MAX-MID
7 INDEX=LAST+LOW
IKEEP=IARRAY(LAST)
JKEEP=JARRAY(LAST)
8 ITEST=ITEST+1
INEW=IARRAY(INDEX)
JNEW=JARRAY(INDEX)
IARRAY(INDEX)=IKEEP
JARRAY(INDEX)=JKEEP
IKEEP=INEW
JKEEP=JNEW
IF(INDEX.GT.MID)GO TO 9
INDEX=INDEX+JTEST
GO TO 8
9 IF(INDEX.EQ.LAST)GO TO 10
INDEX=INDEX+LOW
GO TO 8
10 IF(ITEST.EQ.0)GO TO 11
LAST=LAST-1
GO TO 7
C
C PREPARE TO FIND NEXT ORDERED REGION
11 MID=MAX
GO TO 2
12 RETURN
END